NextERP/documentation
5
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

[I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Odoo Translation Bot 2021-02-07 01:31:59 +01:00
parent ae8d4a4a18
commit ac276e4e5d
210 changed files with 71406 additions and 52644 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

3804
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po
View File

@ -14,9 +14,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -758,13 +758,13 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your "
"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have "
"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content"
"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content"
" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR "
"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch "
"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the"
" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files "
" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files "
"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with "
"``13.0-my_contribution``."
"``14.0-my_contribution``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286
@ -776,11 +776,11 @@ msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294
msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:"
msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300
msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:"
msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309
@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of "
"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the "
"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)."
"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5
@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528
msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives"
msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530
@ -1579,12 +1579,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38
msgid ""
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``"
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39
msgid ""
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``"
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41

566
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -4,19 +4,17 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -53,7 +51,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8
#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
@ -325,7 +323,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:148
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
@ -505,269 +503,6 @@ msgid ""
" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
"directions)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
msgid "Setup in Google"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
msgid "Enable the API."
msgstr "Aktiver API'en."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
msgid ""
"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
msgid "Create credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
msgid ""
"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
"of data."
msgstr ""
"Vælg *Web browser (Javascript)* som kalds kilde, og *Bruger data* som slags "
"på data."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
msgid ""
"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
"'/google_account/authentication'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
msgid ""
"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
" in Odoo for the first time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
msgid ""
"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
msgid ""
"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
msgid ""
"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3
msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introduktion"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10
msgid ""
"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the "
"configuration procedure below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15
msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20
msgid ""
"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22
msgid ""
"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23
msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24
msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29
msgid ""
"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31
msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32
msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33
msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34
msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36
msgid ""
"You can find all this information by logging in at "
"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
"and refer to the fields as pictured below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
" Odoo and in OnSIP)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45
msgid ""
"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
"to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52
msgid ""
"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
"international prefix for the United States)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57
msgid ""
"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63
msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65
msgid ""
"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear "
"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67
msgid ""
"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream "
"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_."
" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will "
"then have to configure it as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69
msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70
msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71
msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72
msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73
msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75
msgid ""
"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can "
"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. "
"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to "
"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone"
" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call "
"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79
msgid ""
"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3
msgid "Outlook Extension"
msgstr ""
@ -838,6 +573,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "To Do"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50
msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52
msgid ""
"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More "
@ -941,38 +684,69 @@ msgid ""
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:141
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140
msgid ""
"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
" prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit."
"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed "
"and used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:143
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142
msgid ""
"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company"
" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead "
"Generation**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145
msgid ""
"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect "
"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to"
" buy credits to keep using this additional service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155
msgid ""
"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or "
"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead "
"Enrichment*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159
msgid "In-App Purchase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162
msgid ""
"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires "
"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
msgid ""
"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:146
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167
msgid ""
"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on "
"the suggested company is the website link and logo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:150
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
msgid ""
"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:153
msgid ":doc:`partner_autocomplete`"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174
msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175
msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
@ -1032,238 +806,6 @@ msgid ""
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6
msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "Afhængigheder"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11
msgid ""
"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13
msgid "wget"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14
msgid "gcc"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15
msgid "g++"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16
msgid "ncurses-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17
msgid "libxml2-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18
msgid "sqlite-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19
msgid "libsrtp-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20
msgid "libuuid-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21
msgid "openssl-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22
msgid "pkg-config"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24
msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35
msgid ""
"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here "
"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is "
"extracted:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37
msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43
msgid "**run:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49
msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57
msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63
msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69
msgid "**The result should be:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86
msgid "Asterisk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88
msgid ""
"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly "
"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90
msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96
msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102
msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108
msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is "
"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the "
"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). "
"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116
msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122
msgid ""
"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the "
"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
"run 'make config'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125
msgid "DTLS Certificates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127
msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133
msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139
msgid ""
"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146
msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148
msgid ""
"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer "
"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very "
"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start"
" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are "
"uncommented:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158
msgid ""
"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and "
"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. "
"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to "
"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the "
"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186
msgid ""
"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the "
"lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193
msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202
msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204
msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210
msgid ""
"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in"
" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212
msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214
msgid ""
"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used "
"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also "
"configured in the sip.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217
msgid ""
"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the "
"\"Integrations\" section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222
msgid ""
"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf "
"file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224
msgid ""
"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to"
" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port "
"defined in the http.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3
msgid "Analyze performance"
msgstr ""

788
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -4,16 +4,22 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
# jonas jensen <j.jensen@tcomp.dk>, 2021
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021
# Mads Søndergaard, 2021
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -108,7 +114,7 @@ msgid ""
"database already selected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr "Opgrader"
@ -603,6 +609,637 @@ msgid ""
"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Oversigt"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22
msgid "The upgrade process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24
msgid ""
"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* "
"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page"
" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Definition"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32
msgid ""
"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo "
"14.0)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34
msgid "An upgrade does not cover:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36
msgid ""
"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community "
"to Enterprise edition)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37
msgid ""
"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., "
"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39
msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382
msgid "|assistance-contact|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46
msgid "Process workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48
msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50
msgid "You create a test upgrade request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ""
"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an "
"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) "
"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically"
" to your database until the upgrade succeeds."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55
msgid "Odoo delivers a test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56
msgid ""
"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade"
"/test-guidance`)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57
msgid ""
"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team "
"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59
msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on "
"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data "
"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63
msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64
msgid ""
"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and "
"continue working on the newly upgraded database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70
msgid "Service Level Agreement"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73
msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75
msgid ""
"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise "
"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78
msgid "The upgrade of:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80
msgid "standard applications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81
msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82
msgid ""
"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are "
"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85
msgid ""
"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of"
" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the "
"targeted version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89
msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91
msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92
msgid ""
"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-"
"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94
msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96
msgid ""
"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo"
" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Kom igang"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106
msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111
msgid "Online (SaaS)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113
msgid ""
"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our "
"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121
msgid ""
"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able "
"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129
msgid "There are two possibilities:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131
msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ""
"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line "
"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ""
"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t "
"14.0``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137
msgid "What does it do?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139
msgid ""
"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the "
"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the"
" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146
msgid "Steps"
msgstr "Trin"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151
msgid "The testing phase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156
msgid "Test process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158
msgid ""
"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to "
"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your "
"production database in any way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161
msgid ""
"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can "
"do it as often as you want (one at a time)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164
msgid ""
"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all "
"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167
msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid "and/or"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171
msgid ""
"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the "
"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174
msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176
msgid ""
"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade"
"/production-live>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181
msgid "Request a test database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183
msgid ""
"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select "
"*Testing* purpose."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192
msgid "Test guidance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194
msgid ""
"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have "
"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you "
"look at `the test scenario "
"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we "
"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "To Do"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199
msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395
msgid "Assistance"
msgstr "Assistance"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206
msgid ""
"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact"
" the Odoo Upgrade Support:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268
msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210
msgid ""
"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my "
"upgrade* ticket type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217
msgid ""
"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be "
"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the "
"processing and response time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276
msgid ""
"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the "
"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid "
"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229
msgid ""
"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or "
"configurations in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236
msgid "The production launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241
msgid "Production goes live"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243
msgid ""
"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current "
"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, "
"current orders) to a new version of your choice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246
msgid ""
"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your "
"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our"
" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255
msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257
msgid ""
"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an"
" action)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258
msgid ""
"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work "
"correctly)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265
msgid ""
"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please "
"contact the **Odoo Support**:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269
msgid ""
"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related "
"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my "
"upgrade*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273
msgid ""
"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support "
"team instead of the Upgrade team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285
msgid ""
"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request "
"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down "
"the processing and response time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "Ofte Stillede Spørgsmål"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296
msgid "Why upgrade?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298
msgid ""
"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-"
"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300
msgid ""
"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`,"
" you get a new version with support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306
msgid "When to upgrade?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308
msgid ""
"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new "
"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314
msgid "Availability of the new version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316
msgid ""
"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major "
"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to "
"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not "
"immediately available for existing databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323
msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade "
"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, "
"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the "
"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., "
"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human "
"intervention, making the process slower."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331
msgid ""
"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a "
"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334
msgid ""
"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-"
"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-"
"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and "
"Manufacturing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338
msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340
msgid "Source & targeted versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341
msgid "Installed apps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342
msgid "Volume of data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343
msgid ""
"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, "
"website, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344
msgid ""
"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the "
"test phase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346
msgid ""
"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time "
"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can "
"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353
msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355
msgid ""
"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section "
":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional "
"fees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358
msgid ""
"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our "
"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you "
"can do it yourself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366
msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368
msgid ""
"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375
msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377
msgid ""
"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379
msgid ""
"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change "
"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387
msgid "Release Notes by version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389
msgid ""
"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to "
"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400
msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402
msgid ""
"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to "
"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be"
" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410
msgid ""
"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three "
"last major versions of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412
msgid ""
"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on "
"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to "
"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416
msgid ""
"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions "
"<../support/supported_versions>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr ""
@ -774,3 +1411,144 @@ msgid ""
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7
msgid "Hosting Changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9
msgid ""
"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to "
"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or "
"contact our support team first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13
msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49
msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17
msgid ""
"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this "
"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18
msgid ""
"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database "
"Manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52
msgid ""
"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the "
"transfer.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53
msgid ""
"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump "
"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link"
" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want"
" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54
msgid ""
"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In"
" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55
msgid "It's done!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25
msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44
msgid ""
"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation "
"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28
msgid "...and voilà!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31
msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41
msgid ""
"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version "
"number of your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34
msgid ""
"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of"
" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a"
" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a "
"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43
msgid ""
"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to "
"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due"
" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61
msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39
msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42
msgid ""
"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of"
" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a "
"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a "
"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47
msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51
msgid ""
"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, "
"then do it in your production build."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58
msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60
msgid ""
"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database "
"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`."
msgstr ""

374
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
View File

@ -7,15 +7,16 @@
# peso <peer.sommerlund@gmail.com>, 2020
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -32,361 +33,84 @@ msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "Helpdesk"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage "
"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets "
"speeds up your processes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgid "Configure the helpdesk team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select"
" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Oversigt"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will "
"be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
"employees schedules and interventions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
" in your Gantt view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
"existing one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling "
"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public "
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button."
" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr "Salg"
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless "
"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have "
"to approve before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8
msgid "Configure a product"
msgstr "Konfigurer et produkt"
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and "
"create or edit a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11
msgid ""
"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13
msgid ""
"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing "
"Policy*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15
msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17
msgid "Select your *Project*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr "Arbejdssedler"
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A "
"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is "
"directly accessible from the sales order."
msgstr ""

905
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

@ -6,21 +6,22 @@
# Translators:
# jonas jensen <j.jensen@tcomp.dk>, 2020
# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2021
# Mads Søndergaard, 2021
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -36,6 +37,160 @@ msgstr "Generel"
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Godkendelse"
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3
msgid "Two-factor Authentication"
msgstr "To-faktor Autentificering"
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5
msgid ""
"Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of"
" an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log "
"in instead of you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9
msgid ""
"Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually "
"your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try "
"to log in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13
msgid ""
"This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password"
" and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition "
"than either one or the other."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Krav"
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:20
msgid ""
"These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific "
"software."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26
msgid ""
"Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume"
" you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy "
"<https://authy.com/>`_, `FreeOTP <https://freeotp.github.io/>`_, `Google "
"Authenticator <https://support.google.com/accounts/answer/1066447?hl=en>`_, "
"`LastPass Authenticator <https://lastpass.com/auth/>`_, `Microsoft "
"Authenticator <https://www.microsoft.com/en-"
"gb/account/authenticator?cmp=h66ftb_42hbak>`_, ...; password managers also "
"commonly include :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` support e.g. "
"`1Password <https://support.1password.com/one-time-passwords/>`_, `Bitwarden"
" <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39
msgid ""
"For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not "
"because it is any good but because it is quite common)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43
msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45
msgid ""
"Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want"
" to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open "
":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52
msgid ""
"Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable "
"two-factor authentication` button:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58
msgid ""
"Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your "
"password:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64
msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69
msgid ""
"In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the "
"authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all "
"the setup:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78
msgid ""
"If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on "
"the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided"
" link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89
msgid ""
"Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* "
"with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for "
"which the code is):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96
msgid ""
"You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, "
"then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100
msgid ""
"Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107
msgid "Logging in"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109
msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111
msgid ""
"On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which "
"you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately "
"enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118
msgid ""
"Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and "
"account, validate, and you're now in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121
msgid ""
"And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor "
"authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old"
" one-step process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125
msgid ""
"Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo "
"Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the "
"account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3
msgid "OAuth"
msgstr ""
@ -116,6 +271,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10
#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:16 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:13
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
@ -888,6 +1044,244 @@ msgid ""
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars.rst:3
msgid "Calendars"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
"directions)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
msgid "Setup in Google"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
msgid "Enable the API."
msgstr "Aktiver API'en."
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
msgid ""
"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
msgid "Create credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
msgid ""
"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
"of data."
msgstr ""
"Vælg *Web browser (Javascript)* som kalds kilde, og *Bruger data* som slags "
"på data."
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
msgid ""
"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
"'/google_account/authentication'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
msgid ""
"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
" in Odoo for the first time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
msgid ""
"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
msgid ""
"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
msgid ""
"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3
msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5
msgid ""
"Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep "
"track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9
msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13
msgid ""
"In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a "
"Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for "
"users that have never tried or paid for Azure. For more information, `click "
"here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15
msgid ""
"Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-"
"us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also "
"called environment, which is a representation of an organization, to manage "
"and register apps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17
msgid ""
"Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure"
"/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the "
"appropriate supported account type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20
msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0
msgid ""
"For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed "
"by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0
msgid ""
"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check "
"this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop"
"/reply-url>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37
msgid ""
"Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client "
"Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no "
"interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42
msgid "Configuration in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44
msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50
msgid ""
"From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) "
"ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57
msgid ""
"Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy "
"your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67
msgid "Sync with Outlook"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0
msgid ""
"Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its "
"attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation "
"emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0
msgid ""
"To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and "
"removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. "
"This will prevent events from being created in Outlook, and therefore, no "
"redundant emails will be sent during the first synchronization. After the "
"sync, events will only send one confirmation email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82
msgid ""
"Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to "
"log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required "
"permissions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89
msgid ""
"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled"
" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97
msgid ""
"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync "
"their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The "
"configuration of Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD "
"tenants' are unique, and represent an organization that helps you to manage "
"a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for your internal and "
"external users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103
msgid ":doc:`../../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104
msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3
msgid "Developer Mode"
msgstr ""
@ -1064,7 +1458,7 @@ msgid ""
" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use"
" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, "
"find more information at: `In-App Purchase "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_"
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/webservices/iap.html>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3
@ -1270,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132
msgid ""
"`Multi-company Guidelines "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_"
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133
@ -1445,7 +1839,7 @@ msgid ""
"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of "
"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is"
" required. For technical explanations refer to `this "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_ "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/howtos/company.html>`_ "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
@ -2676,3 +3070,498 @@ msgid ""
"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash "
"requests per hour restriction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip.rst:3
msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:3
msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:6
msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:9
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "Afhængigheder"
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:11
msgid ""
"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:13
msgid "wget"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:14
msgid "gcc"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:15
msgid "g++"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:16
msgid "ncurses-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:17
msgid "libxml2-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:18
msgid "sqlite-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:19
msgid "libsrtp-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:20
msgid "libuuid-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:21
msgid "openssl-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:22
msgid "pkg-config"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:24
msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:35
msgid ""
"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here "
"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is "
"extracted:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:37
msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:43
msgid "**run:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:49
msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:57
msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:63
msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:69
msgid "**The result should be:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:86
msgid "Asterisk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:88
msgid ""
"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly "
"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:90
msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:96
msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:102
msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:108
msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is "
"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the "
"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). "
"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:116
msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:122
msgid ""
"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the "
"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
"run 'make config'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:125
msgid "DTLS Certificates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:127
msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:133
msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:139
msgid ""
"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:146
msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:148
msgid ""
"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer "
"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very "
"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start"
" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are "
"uncommented:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:158
msgid ""
"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and "
"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. "
"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to "
"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the "
"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:186
msgid ""
"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the "
"lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:193
msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:202
msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:204
msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:210
msgid ""
"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in"
" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:212
msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:214
msgid ""
"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used "
"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also "
"configured in the sip.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:217
msgid ""
"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the "
"\"Integrations\" section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:222
msgid ""
"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf "
"file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/asterisk.rst:224
msgid ""
"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to"
" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port "
"defined in the http.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:3
msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:6 ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introduktion"
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox "
"<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server "
"<asterisk>` is not necessary as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by "
"Axivox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:12
msgid ""
"To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to "
"open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and "
"the areas you wish to call."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:18
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:24
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and "
"fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:27
msgid ""
"**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., "
"*yourcompany.axivox.com*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:29
msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:30
msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:36
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open "
"the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill "
"out the section **PBX Configuration**:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:39
msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:40
msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:43
msgid ""
"You can find all this information by logging in at "
"https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and "
"referring to the fields as pictured below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:51
msgid "Phone Calls"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:53
msgid ""
"You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation "
"bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:55
msgid ""
"You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:58
msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh "
"your Odoo window and try again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/axivox.rst:73
msgid ""
"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
"the international country code. E.g., +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
"international prefix for the United States)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:3
msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:10
msgid ""
"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the "
"configuration procedure below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:15
msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:20
msgid ""
"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:22
msgid ""
"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:23
msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:24
msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:29
msgid ""
"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:31
msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:32
msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:33
msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:34
msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:36
msgid ""
"You can find all this information by logging in at "
"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
"and refer to the fields as pictured below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
" Odoo and in OnSIP)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:45
msgid ""
"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
"to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:52
msgid ""
"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
"international prefix for the United States)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:57
msgid ""
"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:63
msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:65
msgid ""
"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear "
"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:67
msgid ""
"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream "
"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_."
" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will "
"then have to configure it as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:69
msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:70
msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:71
msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:72
msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:73
msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:75
msgid ""
"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can "
"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. "
"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to "
"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone"
" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call "
"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/voip/onsip.rst:79
msgid ""
"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
msgstr ""

22
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -4,20 +4,20 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -112,16 +112,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
msgid ""
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
msgstr ""
@ -271,6 +267,16 @@ msgid ""
"Course*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "To Do"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid ""
"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
"AVAILABLE!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr ""

8
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
View File

@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: ../../index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
msgstr ""

434
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -95,7 +95,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
@ -525,7 +524,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
@ -1380,7 +1378,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`"
msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3
@ -4980,6 +4978,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
msgid "How does it work?"
msgstr ""
@ -5263,8 +5262,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274
msgid ""
"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for "
"quotation is created to fulfill the need."
"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for"
" quotation is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276
@ -5464,299 +5463,342 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
msgid ""
"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best "
"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration."
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration "
"date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
msgid ""
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products "
"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend "
"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or "
"on the **location**."
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
"the *Location*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`:"
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage "
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
msgid ""
"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per "
"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on "
"**Apply**."
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the"
" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
"are stored in their respective locations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the "
"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy."
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive "
"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that"
" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. "
"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with "
"the products fitting your settings the best."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
msgid "Types of removal strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42
msgid ""
"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were "
"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they "
"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively "
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure "
"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory."
"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick "
"for delivery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy."
"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products "
"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number "
"that has entered your stock the first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53
msgid ""
"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of "
"``iPod 32 Gb`` available."
"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your "
"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, "
"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, "
"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders "
"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a "
"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in "
"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from "
"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60
msgid ""
"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report."
"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo "
"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest"
" period."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66
msgid ""
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy."
"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on "
"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for"
" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the "
"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75
msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70
msgid ""
"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, "
"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a "
"shelf life."
"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. "
"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 "
"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on "
"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on "
"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested "
"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered "
"the stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy."
"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a"
" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
msgid ""
"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or "
"obsolete products in your stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86
msgid ""
"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on"
" ``WH/Stock`` location."
"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two "
"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date "
"the product entered the stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90
msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
msgid ""
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy."
"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t "
"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). "
"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5"
" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on "
"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and "
"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes "
"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is "
"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for "
"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration "
"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot "
"that expires the sooner after 20002."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100
msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98
msgid ""
"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* "
"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest "
"expiration date from the order date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
msgid ""
"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse"
" according to their expiration date."
msgid "Use Removal Strategies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the "
"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**"
" to save changes."
"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by "
"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and "
"*Lots & Serial Numbers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113
msgid ""
"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial "
"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and "
"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory "
"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`."
"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115
msgid ""
"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this "
"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet."
"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122
msgid ""
"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this "
"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
msgid ""
"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy "
"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out "
"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with "
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with "
"outdated styles in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
msgid ""
"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the "
"goods with this serial/lot number."
"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the "
"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our "
"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137
msgid ""
"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to "
"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with "
"removal dates."
"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 "
"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. "
"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from "
"that lot are the first ones to move out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
msgid ""
"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting "
"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates "
"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when "
"lots pass their **alert date**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140
msgid ""
"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are "
"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four"
" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: "
"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and "
"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields,"
" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set "
"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days "
"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to "
"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually "
"after the lot has been created."
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot"
" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
msgid ""
"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot "
"expiration date fields as follows:"
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153
msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155
msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157
msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159
msgid ""
"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration"
" --> Locations` and choose FEFO."
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of "
"products without a shelf life."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
msgid ""
"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in "
"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different "
"expiration date."
"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So,"
" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product "
"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162
msgid ""
"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved "
"products are from lots 000003 and 000002."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Product**"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173
msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
msgid "LOT0001"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "Ice Cream"
msgstr "Is"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
msgid "08/20/2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
msgid "LOT0002"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
msgid "08/10/2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "LOT0003"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "08/15/2015"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175
msgid ""
"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the "
"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to "
"their expiration date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
msgid ""
"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it."
"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at "
":doc:`the related doc "
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
msgid ""
"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on "
"removal strategy **FEFO**."
"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different "
"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial "
"Numbers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190
msgid ""
"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on"
" the removal dates."
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192
msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194
msgid ""
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
" picked for delivery orders!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197
msgid ""
"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force "
"Removal Strategy*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
msgid ""
"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots"
" of them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Product**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
msgid "0000001"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "Hand Cream"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
msgid "09/30/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
msgid "0000002"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
msgid "11/30/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "0000003"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "10/31/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216
msgid ""
"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot "
"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the"
" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3

8
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
View File

@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -1276,6 +1276,10 @@ msgid ""
"the right of its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7
msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Oversigt"

8
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po
View File

@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -316,10 +316,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr ""

538
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -25,387 +25,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Project"
msgstr "Projekt"
#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avanceret"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Project Settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5
msgid ""
"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be "
"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be "
"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked."
" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10
msgid "Create advanced projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13
msgid ""
"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If "
"not, simply leave the field blank."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20
msgid "Choose who can access a project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can "
"have access to the project:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25
msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26
msgid "*All employees*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27
msgid ""
"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients "
"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30
msgid ""
"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a"
" specific account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33
msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35
msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36
msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43
msgid "Create sales orders from a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45
msgid ""
"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from"
" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or "
"create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54
msgid "Track the material used on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56
msgid ""
"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the "
"products/material used during the work on a specific task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64
msgid "Take advantage of worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66
msgid ""
"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in "
"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one "
"on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74
msgid "Schedule shifts on projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76
msgid ""
"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized,"
" enable *Planning*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88
msgid "Manage employees work hours"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90
msgid ""
"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It "
"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external "
"link to adjust the daily hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99
msgid "Share stages across projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102
msgid ""
"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to "
"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105
msgid ""
":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` "
"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the"
" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share "
"stages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5
msgid ""
"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your"
" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your "
"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that "
"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to "
"other consumers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11
msgid "Set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Use Rating on Project*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at"
" a specific stage(s)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20
msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27
msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and "
"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set "
"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32
msgid ""
"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in"
" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40
msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47
msgid "Get reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see "
"ratings by task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55
msgid ""
"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the "
"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3
msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5
msgid ""
"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, "
"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you "
"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and "
"can course-correct if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10
msgid "Track costs and revenue"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13
msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the "
"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* "
"becomes available in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22
msgid ""
"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable "
"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours "
"recorded, and even a timesheet table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30
msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34
msgid ""
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. "
"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to "
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an "
"*Analytic Account* under the needed project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36
msgid ""
"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is"
" directly available in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr "Rapportering"
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46
msgid ""
"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. "
"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a "
"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs "
"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, "
"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time "
"spent on that service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11
msgid "Product set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product "
"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product "
"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing "
"Policy* and *Service Tracking*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16
msgid "If you choose to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19
msgid ""
"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first "
"column of the selected project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21
msgid ""
"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales "
"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23
msgid ""
"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each "
"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template "
"chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30
msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32
msgid ""
"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a"
" project or task is automatically created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40
msgid "Access the task generated from Project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the"
" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51
msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53
msgid ""
"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the "
"*Timesheets* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59
msgid ""
"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66
msgid ""
"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning.rst:3
msgid "Planning"
msgstr "Planlægning"
@ -467,161 +86,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3
msgid "Record Time and Invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5
msgid ""
"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can"
" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you "
"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the "
"project/task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10
msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Timesheets*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15
msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the "
"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from "
"Tasks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20
msgid ""
"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on"
" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26
msgid ""
"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at "
"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30
msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the "
"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose "
"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38
msgid ""
"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: "
"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: "
"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45
msgid ""
"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific "
"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a "
"system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47
msgid ""
"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into "
"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior"
" and senior consultants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50
msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59
msgid ""
"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each "
"employee before the customer gets invoiced."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64
msgid ":doc:`./time_record`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3
msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5
msgid ""
"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your "
"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your "
"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate "
"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your "
"customers the exact right amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11
msgid "Manually timesheet on task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and "
"specify the *Duration*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22
msgid "Time tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable "
"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27
msgid ""
"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and "
"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3
msgid "Tasks"
msgstr "Opgaver"

1471
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

117
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -326,13 +326,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74
msgid ":doc:`setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75
msgid ":doc:`manage`"
msgstr ""
@ -491,7 +489,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73
msgid ":doc:`features`"
msgstr ""
@ -752,118 +749,6 @@ msgid ""
"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3
msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5
msgid ""
"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new "
"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8
msgid ""
"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector "
"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a "
"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of "
"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to "
"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and "
"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14
msgid ""
"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new "
"authentication flow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17
msgid ""
"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was "
"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if "
"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing "
"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module "
"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your "
"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup"
" <setup>` step of the Amazon Connector."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25
msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27
msgid ""
"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo "
"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source "
"code is up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-"
"date and you can proceed to the next step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must"
" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/update.html>`_ or by "
"contacting your integrating partner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39
msgid "Update the list of available modules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41
msgid ""
"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in "
"the **Apps** menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44
msgid ""
"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode "
"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps "
"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48
msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51
msgid ""
"You should never install new modules in your production database without "
"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, "
"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as "
"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`."
" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-"
"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact "
"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new "
"module in your particular setup."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59
msgid ""
"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the "
"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module "
"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you"
" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, "
"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this "
"page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68
msgid ""
"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization "
"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;"
" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup <setup>` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3
msgid "eBay Connector"
msgstr "eBar forbinder"

200
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2021
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2021
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: da\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../sign.rst:5
msgid "Sign"
msgstr "Underskriv"
#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Oversigt"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3
msgid "Validity of electronic signatures"
msgstr "Elektronisk signaturers gyldighed"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5
msgid ""
"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the"
" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should "
"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well."
msgstr ""
"Den legale gyldighed af elektroniske signaturer genereret af Odoo afhænger "
"af lovgivningen i dit land. Virksomheder der driver forretning "
"international, bør også tage højde for love vedrørende elektroniske "
"signaturer i andre lande."
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10
msgid "In the European Union"
msgstr "I den Europæiske Union"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12
msgid ""
"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ "
"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states"
" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-"
"eu/countries_en>`_."
msgstr ""
"`eIDAS reguleringen <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ oprette "
"rammen for elektroniske signaturer i samtlige `27 medlemslande i den "
"Europæiske Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/countries_en>`_."
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16
msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:"
msgstr "Den skelner mellem tre typer elektroniske signaturer:"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18
msgid "Electronic signatures"
msgstr "Elektronisk signaturer"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19
msgid "Advanced electronic signatures"
msgstr "Avanceret elektronisk signaturer"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20
msgid "Qualified electronic signatures"
msgstr "Kvalificeret elektronisk signaturer"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22
msgid ""
"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these "
"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states "
"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and "
"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it"
" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for "
"qualified electronic signatures.”"
msgstr ""
"Odoo genererer den første type, normal elektronisk signaturer, og disse "
"signaturer kan have retsvirkning i EU, eftersom reglerne tilkendegiver, at "
"\"en elektronisk signatur nægtes ikke retsvirkning og antagelighed som bevis"
" i retssager udelukkende med den begrundelse, at den er i elektronisk form, "
"eller at den ikke opfylder kravene til kvalificerede elektroniske "
"signaturer. ”"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27
msgid ""
"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as "
"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity."
msgstr ""
"Bemærk at elektronisk signaturer muligvis ikke automatisk genkendes som "
"gyldige. Det kan være du skal medbringe understøttende bevis på signaturens "
"gyldighed."
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31
msgid "In the United States of America"
msgstr "I Amerikas Forenede Stater"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33
msgid ""
"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) "
"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the "
"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic "
"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-"
"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-"
"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal "
"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois "
"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York "
"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not "
"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead."
msgstr ""
"`ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) "
"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, på "
"mellemstatslige og internationale niveauer og `UETA (Uniform Electronic "
"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-"
"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-"
"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, på statsniveau give den juridiske "
"ramme for elektroniske signaturer. Bemærk at Ìllinois "
"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ samt `New York"
" <https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ har ikke "
"vedtaget UETA, men lignende handlinger i stedet."
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42
msgid ""
"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five "
"criteria:"
msgstr ""
"Overordnet set, for at blive anerkendt som gyldig, skal elektroniske "
"signaturer opfylde fem kriterier:"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44
msgid ""
"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to "
"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to "
"opt-out of electronically signing a document."
msgstr ""
"En underskriver skal vise en klar hensigt om at underskrive. For eksempel, "
"brugen af en mus til at tegne en signatur kan tilkendegive hensigt. "
"Underskriveren skal også have mulighed for at fravælge elektronisk signering"
" af et dokument."
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47
msgid ""
"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business "
"electronically."
msgstr ""
"En underskriver skal først udtrykke eller antyde deres samtykke til at drive"
" forretning elektronisk."
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48
msgid ""
"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the "
"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as "
"supporting evidence."
msgstr ""
"Underskriften skal tydeligt tilskrives. I Odoo tilføjes metadata, såsom "
"underskriverens IP-adresse, til signaturen, som kan bruges som bevis."
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50
msgid ""
"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for "
"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured."
msgstr ""
"Signaturen skal tilknyttes det dokument, der underskrives, for eksempel ved "
"at føre en registrering, der beskriver, hvordan signaturen blev fanget."
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52
msgid ""
"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later "
"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer "
"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy."
msgstr ""
"Elektronisk underskrevne dokumenter skal opbevares og være tilgængelige til "
"senere henvisning af alle involverede parter, for eksempel ved at give "
"underskriveren enten en fuldt udført kopi eller muligheden for at downloade "
"en kopi."
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57
msgid ""
"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is "
"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing "
"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the "
"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney "
"to obtain legal advice."
msgstr ""
"Oplysningerne her udgør ikke juridisk rådgivning; den leveres kun til "
"generelle informationsformål. Da love, der regulerer elektroniske "
"signaturer, udvikler sig hurtigt, kan vi ikke garantere, at oplysningerne er"
" opdaterede. Vi råder dig til at kontakte en lokal advokat for at få "
"juridisk rådgivning."

15
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
View File

@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -556,3 +556,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132
msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134
msgid ""
"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you "
"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs "
"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_."
msgstr ""

196
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -27,248 +27,256 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Release date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "**Odoo 14.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "|green|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "October 2020"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "- Ikke angivet -"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "August 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "October 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "|orange|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "April 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "|red|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "October 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "March 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "January 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "October 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "May 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "October 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "February 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "September 2014"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59
msgid "|green| Supported version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61
msgid "|red| End-of-support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65
msgid ""
"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo "
"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to "
"upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82
msgid ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84
msgid ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86
msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
@ -450,6 +458,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
" support and bugfix services."
msgstr ""

143
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po
View File

@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
@ -29,141 +29,6 @@ msgstr "Timesedler"
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Oversigt"
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3
msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5
msgid ""
"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control "
"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective "
"hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9
msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the "
"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned "
"Hours*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18
msgid ""
"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` "
"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your "
"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27
msgid "HR analysis"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` "
"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Timesheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent "
"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they "
"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to "
"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all "
"in favor of becoming a more proactive company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11
msgid "Choose an encoding unit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the"
" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets"
" to help you encoding."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15
msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18
msgid ""
"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours."
" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in"
" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25
msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28
msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30
msgid ""
"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34
msgid ""
"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to"
" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a"
" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being"
" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37
msgid ""
"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales "
"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was "
"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44
msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose "
"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be "
"approved first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54
msgid "Send reminders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57
msgid ""
"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who "
"have not recorded their times."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66
msgid ""
"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. "
"The data syncs once you are back online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3
msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation"
msgstr ""
@ -218,7 +83,3 @@ msgid ""
"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the "
"project/task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49
msgid ":doc:`compare`"
msgstr ""

24
locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

@ -6,22 +6,22 @@
# Translators:
# JonathanStein <jstein@image.dk>, 2020
# Pernille Kristensen <pernillekristensen1994@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Per Rasmussen <perhgrasmussen@gmail.com>, 2020
# Sanne Kristensen <sanne@vkdata.dk>, 2020
# Ejner Sønniksen <ejner@vkdata.dk>, 2020
# lhmflexerp <lhm@flexerp.dk>, 2020
# Mads Søndergaard, 2020
# Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard <mads@vkdata.dk>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1479,6 +1479,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Udover at være hurtig, er Odoo også mere skalérbar end traditionelle CMS og eHandel (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). Det følgende link indeholder en analyse af de større Open Source CMS og eHandel, sammenlignet med Odoo, når det kommer til høj volumen på forespørgsler:\n"
"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "To Do"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569
msgid "fix above link"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571
msgid ""
"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & "
@ -2519,10 +2527,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
msgid ""
"`CLI documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
msgstr ""
"`CLI documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
msgid ""
@ -2577,13 +2583,9 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
"`--proxy-mode "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
msgstr ""
"Hvis reversed proxy anvendes, skal du forsikre dig, at det er konfigureret "
"korrekt. Se `--proxy-mode "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55
msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found"

16175
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

12
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
View File

@ -3,17 +3,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -23,4 +19,4 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "Applications"
msgstr ""

1731
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

798
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

865
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

752
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

678
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -3,20 +3,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# JackTheHunter <Maximilian.N98@gmail.com>, 2019
# Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2019
# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -26,11 +19,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5
msgid "eCommerce"
msgstr "eCommerce"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Beginnen"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
@ -38,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
msgid "Product Catalog"
msgstr "Produktkatalog"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
msgid ""
@ -468,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "Einrichtung"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11
msgid ""
@ -610,7 +603,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
@ -632,11 +625,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Preiskalkulation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16
msgid "Taxes"
msgstr "Steuern"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17
msgid "Checkout process"
@ -648,7 +641,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19
msgid "Payment"
msgstr "Zahlung"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20
msgid "Shipping & Tracking"
@ -666,303 +659,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Get paid"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3
msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net"
msgstr "Wie Sie mit Authorize.Net bezahlt werden"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5
msgid ""
"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in "
"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with "
"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway "
"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ "
"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant "
"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that "
"you like."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12
msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14
msgid ""
"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking "
"'Get Started'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16
msgid ""
"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as"
" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, "
"press the related option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23
msgid "Go through the registration steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24
msgid ""
"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test "
"account to process a test transaction from Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26
msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
msgid "Set up Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
msgid ""
"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or "
"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33
msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39
msgid ""
"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and"
" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials "
"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights"
" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47
msgid "Go live"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48
msgid ""
"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your "
"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55
msgid ""
"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and "
"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the "
"production mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61
msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62
msgid ""
"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer "
"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64
msgid ""
"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo"
" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68
msgid ""
"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform "
"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71
msgid ""
"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in"
" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide "
"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76
msgid ":doc:`payment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111
msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3
msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and "
"Invoicing apps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10
msgid "What are the payment methods available"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13
msgid "Wire transfer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15
msgid ""
"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing "
"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their"
" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-"
"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21
msgid "Payment acquirers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23
msgid ""
"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and"
" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms"
" over time:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27
msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28
msgid "Ingenico"
msgstr "Ingenico"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29
msgid "Authorize.net"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30
msgid "Adyen"
msgstr "Adyen"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31
msgid "Buckaroo"
msgstr "Buckaroo"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32
msgid "PayUmoney"
msgstr "PayUmoney"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33
msgid "Sips"
msgstr "Sips"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34
msgid "Stripe"
msgstr "Stripe"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38
msgid "How to go live"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40
msgid ""
"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and "
"activate the **Production** mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48
msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49
msgid ""
"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse "
"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo."
" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68
msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61
msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62
msgid ""
"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to "
"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can "
"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66
msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73
msgid ""
"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the "
"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued"
" from the subscription."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79
msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81
msgid ""
"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment "
"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction"
" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85
msgid "How to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
msgid "Switch to developer mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91
msgid ""
"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment "
"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can "
"duplicate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96
msgid "Other configurations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98
msgid ""
"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment "
"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans "
"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard"
"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102
msgid ""
"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts "
"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for "
"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109
msgid ":doc:`paypal`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110
msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3
msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers"
msgstr ""
@ -1036,7 +732,7 @@ msgid ""
"orders straight on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54
msgid ""
"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in "
"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically "
@ -1044,321 +740,33 @@ msgid ""
"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you"
" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That "
"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books "
"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card "
"payments "
"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)."
"until you get paid into your bank account (see "
":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63
msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64
msgid ""
"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once "
"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is "
"only available with Authorize.net."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71
msgid ""
"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click "
"*Capture Transaction*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77
msgid ""
"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own "
"interfaces, not from Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3
msgid "Configure your Paypal account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5
msgid ""
"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any "
"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we "
"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow "
"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12
msgid "Paypal account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14
msgid ""
"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl "
"Business Account "
"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__"
" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal "
"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few "
"configuration steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18
msgid "Settings in Paypal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21
msgid ""
"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a "
"seamless customer experience with Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23
msgid ""
"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*"
" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29
msgid "Auto Return"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31
msgid ""
"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the "
"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name "
"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. "
"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36
msgid ""
"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits "
"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or "
"Odoo databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44
msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46
msgid ""
"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as"
" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting "
"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. "
"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54
msgid "Paypal Account Optional"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56
msgid ""
"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when "
"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might "
"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63
msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65
msgid ""
"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site "
"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the "
"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*"
" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually "
"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges "
"receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72
msgid ""
"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in "
"*Instant Payment Notification*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75
msgid ""
"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” "
"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81
msgid "Payment Messages Format"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83
msgid ""
"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. "
"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89
msgid ""
"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98
msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100
msgid ""
"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the "
"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-"
"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-"
"payments-ewp>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104
msgid "Settings in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107
msgid "Activation"
msgstr "Aktivierung"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109
msgid ""
"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce "
"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113
msgid "Credentials"
msgstr "Credentials"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115
msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117
msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119
msgid ""
"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in "
"*Profile > About the business*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121
msgid ""
"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained"
" here above."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127
msgid "Transaction fees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129
msgid ""
"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to "
"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, "
"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132
msgid ""
"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in "
"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138
msgid ""
"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-"
"fees>`__ to set up fees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141
msgid ""
"..note:: `Traders in the EU "
"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-"
"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying "
"with credit cards."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145
msgid "Go live!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147
msgid ""
"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then"
" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to"
" it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156
msgid ""
"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales "
"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting "
"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is "
"processed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165
msgid "Test environment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167
msgid ""
"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169
msgid ""
"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with "
"your Paypal credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171
msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173
msgid ""
"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. "
"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com "
"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175
msgid ""
"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. "
"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177
msgid ""
"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same "
"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make "
"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the "
"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not "
"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183
msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185
msgid "See also"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187
msgid ""
"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189
msgid ""
"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3
msgid "How customers can access their customer account"
msgstr ""
@ -1374,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
msgid "Sign up"
msgstr "Registrieren"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16
msgid ""
@ -1404,54 +812,6 @@ msgid ""
"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3
msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is "
"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their "
"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. "
"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13
msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14
msgid ""
"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment "
"method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19
msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26
msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28
msgid ""
"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an "
"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get "
"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35
msgid "How to create other manual payment methods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed "
"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* "
"or duplicate it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3
msgid "Collect taxes"
msgstr ""

284
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Email Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5
msgid ""
"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as "
"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and"
" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
msgid "Create mailing lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
"unsubscribing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19
msgid ""
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
msgid ""
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27
msgid ""
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34
msgid "Contacts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
"created here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43
msgid ""
"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the "
"contact is or will be part of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5
msgid ""
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is "
"redirected to the following page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28
msgid ""
"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you "
"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be "
"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to"
" a personal email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
msgid ""
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
" *any* more emails from you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
msgid ""
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
" users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
"addresses are shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
msgid ""
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5
msgid ""
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14
msgid ""
"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add "
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
msgid ""
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25
msgid ""
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34
msgid ""
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
" sender (*Send From*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
msgid ""
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or "
"contacts as recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53
msgid ""
"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. "
"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
"deletes the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54
msgid ""
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
"contacts to avoid errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56
msgid ""
"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* "
"column in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58
msgid ""
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the "
"*queue* column in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61
msgid ""
"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, "
"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have "
"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically "
"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
"*Retry*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67
msgid "Manage campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
msgid ""
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80
msgid ""
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those "
"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of"
" this is possible because the applications work integrated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
msgstr ""

429
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/events.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../events.rst:5
msgid "Events"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3
msgid "Integrations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3
msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction"
" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your"
" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or "
"to advertise."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13
msgid ""
"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to"
" be enabled or installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16
msgid ""
"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS "
"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under "
":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23
msgid ""
"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers"
" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-"
"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28
msgid "Send SMSs to attendees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30
msgid ""
"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32
msgid ""
"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* "
"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with "
"the *Reminder* template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38
msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45
msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47
msgid ""
"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that "
"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To"
" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56
msgid ""
"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. "
"*Filters* are eligible here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58
msgid ""
"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the "
"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65
msgid ""
"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about "
"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, "
"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here "
"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3
msgid "Create your First Event"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5
msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7
msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8
msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9
msgid "To allow networking;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10
msgid ""
"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects "
"through the product and even their pipeline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14
msgid "Get started"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16
msgid ""
"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key "
"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23
msgid ""
"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the "
"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, "
"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31
msgid ""
"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and "
"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40
msgid "Tab: Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46
msgid ""
"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket "
"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for "
"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48
msgid ""
"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as "
"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55
msgid "Tab: Communication"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58
msgid ""
"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with "
"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab "
"*Communication*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61
msgid ""
"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the "
"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the "
"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68
msgid "Tab: Questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72
msgid ""
"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if"
" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per "
"registration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75
msgid ""
"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each "
"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary"
" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire"
" is shown once, resulting in a global answer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark "
"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, "
"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited"
" and used again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90
msgid "Publish your event"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92
msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99
msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`tickets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`track_talks`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3
msgid "Selling Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple "
"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for "
"more registrations to happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and"
" *Online Ticketing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13
msgid ""
"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold "
":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows "
"the sale of tickets to happen "
":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22
msgid "Through Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it "
"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for "
"which you want to create the sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under "
"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under "
"your event’s form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43
msgid "Through the Website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45
msgid ""
"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue "
"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53
msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3
msgid "Track your Attendees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5
msgid ""
"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and "
"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and "
"analyzing reasons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9
msgid "Attendees list and attendance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11
msgid ""
"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to "
"the *Attendees* list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12
msgid ""
"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the "
"quotation is confirmed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18
msgid ""
"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a "
"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26
msgid "Bagdes and cancellations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28
msgid ""
"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send "
"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the "
"*Cancelled* stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36
msgid ""
"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom "
"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49
msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3
msgid "Track and Manage Talks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge "
"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Schedule & Tracks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14
msgid ""
"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options "
"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. "
"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your"
" website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20
msgid ""
"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now "
"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28
msgid ""
"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk "
"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32
msgid "Publishing speaker proposals"
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34
msgid ""
"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their "
"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41
msgid ""
"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and "
"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on."
msgstr ""

340
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5
msgid "Expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8
msgid "How to set expense types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9
msgid ""
"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed "
"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* "
"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on "
"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the "
"real cost per expense."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17
msgid "Here are some examples to configure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19
msgid "Restaurant:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27
msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22
msgid "Travel with Personal Car:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24
msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25
msgid "Hotel:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29
msgid "Others:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31
msgid "Cost: 0.0"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33
msgid ""
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That"
" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is "
"usually the expected behaviour."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41
msgid ""
"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense "
"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased "
"in different units of measure (advanced)*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48
msgid "How to record expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53
msgid ""
"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses "
"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59
msgid ""
"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with "
"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of "
"hotel nights)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62
msgid "Enter the expense date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63
msgid ""
"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if "
"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65
msgid ""
"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan "
"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and "
"the accountant validate it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73
msgid "In one click from emails"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74
msgid ""
"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a "
"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77
msgid ""
"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in "
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* "
"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee "
"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83
msgid ""
"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the "
"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in "
"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88
msgid "How to submit expenses to managers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90
msgid ""
"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end "
"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My "
"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and"
" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly "
"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to "
"approve it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100
msgid ""
"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button "
"on the form view of an expense."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103
msgid ""
"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses "
"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108
msgid "How to approve expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110
msgid ""
"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from"
" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. "
"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117
msgid ""
"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as "
"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123
msgid ""
"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team "
"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those "
"employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131
msgid "How to post expenses in accounting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133
msgid ""
"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to"
" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to "
"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to"
" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have "
"following access rights:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139
msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140
msgid "Expenses: Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143
msgid ""
"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get"
" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to "
"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in"
" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person "
"is using Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150
msgid "How to reimburse employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152
msgid ""
"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in "
":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To "
"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156
msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163
msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165
msgid ""
"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your"
" customers automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169
msgid "Setup"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171
msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173
msgid ""
"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all "
"your Expense types:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176
msgid ""
"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179
msgid ""
"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses "
"quantity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182
msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184
msgid ""
"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191
msgid "Create an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193
msgid ""
"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered "
"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be "
"added automatically once posted by the accountant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198
msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204
msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206
msgid ""
"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on"
" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees"
" are already able to set one when submitting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213
msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216
msgid "Invoice expenses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218
msgid ""
"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically "
"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226
msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)."
msgstr ""

109
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../fsm.rst:5
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage "
"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets "
"speeds up your processes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
msgid "Configure the helpdesk team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select"
" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16
msgid ""
"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button."
" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless "
"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have "
"to approve before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8
msgid "Configure a product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and "
"create or edit a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11
msgid ""
"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13
msgid ""
"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing "
"Policy*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15
msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17
msgid "Select your *Project*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25
msgid ""
"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A "
"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is "
"directly accessible from the sales order."
msgstr ""

2844
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

116
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po
View File

@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12
msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14
@ -72,24 +72,22 @@ msgid ""
"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his "
"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary "
"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-"
"learning via the `Odoo documentation "
"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning "
"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the "
"testing of functionalities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "2. Project Scope"
"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning "
"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49
msgid "Project Scope"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51
msgid ""
"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is "
"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the "
"project implementation is pursuing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55
msgid ""
"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of "
"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. "
@ -98,7 +96,7 @@ msgid ""
" clear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent "
"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo"
@ -107,7 +105,7 @@ msgid ""
"the implementation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68
msgid ""
"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great "
"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more "
@ -119,18 +117,18 @@ msgid ""
"experiment of the standard in production."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80
msgid "3. Managing expectations"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
msgid "Managing expectations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84
msgid ""
"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of "
"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into"
" account from the beginning of the project:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88
msgid ""
"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and "
"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation,"
@ -140,7 +138,7 @@ msgid ""
"check that this is still the case."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96
msgid ""
"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal "
"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them"
@ -155,7 +153,7 @@ msgid ""
"to pursue this same objective."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110
msgid ""
"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and "
"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to "
@ -163,34 +161,34 @@ msgid ""
"tools\\* :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115
msgid ""
"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard "
"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be "
"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120
msgid ""
"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities "
"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, "
"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128
msgid ""
"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A "
"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main "
"lines of expected changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132
msgid ""
"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with"
" the changes related to the interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135
msgid ""
"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and "
"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project "
@ -199,17 +197,17 @@ msgid ""
"verifying its veracity beforehand."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141
msgid ""
"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more "
"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143
msgid "4. Communication Strategy"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
msgid "Communication Strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
msgid ""
"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of "
"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the "
@ -217,7 +215,7 @@ msgid ""
"follow those principles:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152
msgid ""
"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure "
"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to "
@ -227,45 +225,45 @@ msgid ""
" manager are clearly defined."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160
msgid ""
"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both "
"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
msgid ""
"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation "
"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
msgid ""
"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is "
"reached;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173
msgid ""
"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175
msgid "5. Customizations and Development"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
msgid "Customizations and Development"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179
msgid ""
"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution "
"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast "
"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
msgid ""
"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be "
"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis,"
@ -279,7 +277,7 @@ msgid ""
"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196
msgid ""
"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to "
"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of"
@ -288,18 +286,18 @@ msgid ""
"business processes of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
msgid "Testing and Validation principles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206
msgid ""
"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to"
" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational "
"needs of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
msgid ""
"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible "
"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the "
@ -307,33 +305,33 @@ msgid ""
"requirements of the operational reality."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216
msgid ""
"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the "
"noted gap is caused by:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is "
"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223
msgid "**or**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225
msgid ""
"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational "
"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid "7. Data Imports"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229
msgid "Data Imports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
msgid ""
"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must "
"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, "
@ -342,14 +340,14 @@ msgid ""
"it will be decided :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237
msgid ""
"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, "
"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, "
"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
msgid ""
"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When "
"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, "
@ -358,7 +356,7 @@ msgid ""
" import will be made before the production launch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249
msgid ""
"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be "
"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these "
@ -366,16 +364,16 @@ msgid ""
"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253
msgid "8. Support"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid ""
"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your "
"questions or technical issues."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261
msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`."
msgstr ""

999
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

10
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
View File

@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: ../../index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
msgstr ""

4538
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

635
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

296
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po
View File

@ -3,17 +3,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -21,177 +17,253 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5
msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr "Live-Chat"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors"
#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website "
"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will "
"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way,"
" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You "
"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is "
"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction."
"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It "
"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers"
" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: "
"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10
msgid "Set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12
msgid ""
"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\""
" and then click on install."
"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created "
"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to"
" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Live Chat`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21
msgid ""
"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, "
"operators can easily join and leave the chat."
"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34
msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website"
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27
msgid "For both scenarios, under:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30
msgid ""
"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically "
"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->"
" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the "
"website."
"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as "
"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in "
"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33
msgid ""
"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and "
"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the "
"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers "
"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided."
"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an "
"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is "
"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36
msgid ""
"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, "
"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language "
"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company"
" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length "
"of time it takes for the chat to appear."
"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. "
"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after "
"users (from any country) land on the contact us page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43
msgid ""
"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed"
" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you"
" through the live chat."
"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s "
"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. "
"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
msgid "Start chatting with customers"
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48
msgid "External options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51
msgid ""
"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel "
"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on "
"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. "
"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel."
"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added"
" to your own, under the *Widget* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52
msgid ""
"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the "
"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors."
"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a "
"single live chat page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59
msgid "Managing chat requests"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61
msgid ""
"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in "
"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be "
"answered wherever you are in Odoo."
"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are "
"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in"
" Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69
msgid ""
"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system "
"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them."
"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online "
"operators."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72
msgid "Leave or join a channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`ratings`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`responses`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3
msgid "Ratings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5
msgid ""
"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you "
"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your "
"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10
msgid "Customer Rating"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14
msgid ""
"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing "
"for an explanation is shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15
msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22
msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28
msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35
msgid "Make the rating public"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your "
"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the "
"rating of that channel on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3
msgid "Commands and Canned Responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-"
"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9
msgid "Use commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11
msgid ""
"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access "
"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands "
"into the chat. The following actions are available :"
"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13
msgid "**/help**: shows a help message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14
msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15
msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16
msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17
msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18
msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
msgid ""
"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was "
"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. "
"The same goes for the creation of a lead."
"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your "
"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0
msgid ""
"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26
msgid ""
"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut "
"link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33
msgid ""
"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as"
" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37
msgid "Send canned responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40
msgid ""
"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you "
"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of "
"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> "
"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then,"
" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you "
"assigned."
"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when "
"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat "
"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136
#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41
msgid ""
"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website "
"visitors, enjoy !"
"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the "
"shortcut word you created."
msgstr ""

453
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
View File

@ -3,19 +3,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# DE T2 <e2f48d4s5vd1s2@outlook.com>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -25,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "Fertigung"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing Management"
@ -150,11 +144,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24
msgid ""
"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* "
"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > "
"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component."
"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data "
"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28
msgid ""
"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, "
"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components"
@ -162,64 +156,64 @@ msgid ""
"*Manufacture this Product*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37
msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39
msgid ""
"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the"
" same as for the standard product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42
msgid ""
"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the "
"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on "
"each component line. You can add several variants for each component."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51
msgid "Adding a routing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53
msgid ""
"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a "
"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, "
"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
msgid ""
"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple"
" times."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65
msgid ""
"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select"
" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the "
"dropdown menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73
msgid "Adding By-Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to "
"the primary product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78
msgid ""
"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the"
" *Manufacturing* app settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84
msgid ""
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. "
"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you "
@ -249,10 +243,10 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26
#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18
msgid ""
@ -624,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84
#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127
msgid "Manufacturing Order"
msgstr "Fertigungsauftrag"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42
msgid ""
@ -746,153 +740,320 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing"
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through"
" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo."
"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is "
"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
msgid ""
"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box "
"*Subcontracting*."
"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
msgid "Control incoming goods quality;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14
msgid "Control subcontractors bills."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16
msgid ""
"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to"
" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. "
"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor "
"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* "
"type is *Subcontracting*."
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22
msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24
msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26
msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32
msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34
msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
msgid ""
"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor"
"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28
msgid ""
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
msgid ""
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38
msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40
msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42
msgid ""
"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit "
"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the "
"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the "
"subcontracted product)."
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data "
"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
"directly from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44
msgid ""
"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. "
"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The "
"following stock moves are created:"
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
" subcontractors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54
msgid "For the components"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56
msgid "From Subcontracting To Production"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58
msgid "For the subcontracted product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60
msgid "From Production to Subcontracting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62
msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64
msgid ""
"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at"
" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, "
"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your "
"stock."
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a "
"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
"subcontractor on the *BoM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63
msgid ""
"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of "
"type subcontractor defined on it."
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73
msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
msgid ""
"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the "
"components:"
"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* "
"(3);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80
msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70
msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71
msgid ""
"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the "
"validated receipt (5)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74
msgid ""
"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply "
"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver."
msgid ""
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the "
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
"materials used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89
msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*"
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91
msgid "With:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
msgid "subcontractor;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100
msgid ""
"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough "
"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is "
"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically "
"created."
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To "
"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal "
"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97
msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106
msgid ""
"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you "
"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted "
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
" accounting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111
msgid ""
"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the "
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115
msgid ""
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121
msgid "Traceability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123
msgid ""
"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked "
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
"receipt."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127
msgid ""
"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button "
"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the "
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
msgid ""
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146
msgid ""
"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the "
"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
msgid ""
"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the "
"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the "
"subcontractors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156
msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
msgid ""
"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, "
"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery "
"address and fill the components to deliver."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162
msgid ""
"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two "
"approaches:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165
msgid "Reordering rules;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166
msgid "Replenish on order flow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168
msgid ""
"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting "
"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering "
"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the"
" subcontractor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177
msgid ""
"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the "
"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master "
"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do "
"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted "
"components."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188
msgid "Replenishment from another supplier"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190
msgid ""
"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to "
"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* "
"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195
msgid ""
"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other "
"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the "
"shipping."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203
msgid ""
"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and "
"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212
msgid "Quality Control"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214
msgid ""
"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is "
"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a "
"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an "
"external party, it can be defined on the product reception."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224
msgid ""
"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create "
"a new *Control Point* on the reception."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231
msgid ""
"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished "
"product is received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3
msgid "Unbuild a product"
msgstr ""
@ -920,7 +1081,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18
msgid "Unbuild Order"
msgstr "Demontageauftrag"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20
msgid ""
@ -963,8 +1124,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the "
"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
@ -975,10 +1136,10 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20
msgid ""
"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a "
"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want "
"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum "
"quantities to replenish."
"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the "
"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and"
" maximum quantities to replenish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29
@ -1108,40 +1269,44 @@ msgid ""
"the right of its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7
msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5
msgid "Repair Management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5
msgid "Repair products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7
msgid ""
"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process "
"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a "
"defect."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10
msgid "Create a Repair Order"
msgstr "Reparaturauftrag anlegen"
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12
msgid "Create a Repair Order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14
msgid ""
"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a "
"new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21
msgid "Manage a repair"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23
msgid ""
"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*."
" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the "
@ -1149,13 +1314,13 @@ msgid ""
" might need, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31
msgid ""
"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your "
"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be "
"able to start & end the repair when it is completed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36
#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38
msgid "You can now invoice the repair."
msgstr ""

371
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
msgid "Marketing Automation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
msgid ""
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
"of linking your employees to goals."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
msgid ""
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
" in a graph form and in numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
" email address set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
msgid ""
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
"have matched the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
msgid ""
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
msgid ""
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
msgid ""
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
"domain one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
msgid ""
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
"the total number of participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
"*Rejected*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
msgid ""
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
msgid ""
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
"the beginning (parent action)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
msgid ""
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
msgid ""
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
"integrated with *Contacts*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
msgid ""
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
"installed in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
msgid ""
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
msgid ""
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
"will stop running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
"for this specific activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
msgid "Add Child Activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
msgid ""
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
msgid ""
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
"or not, the email bounced back."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
msgid "How to work with filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
msgid ""
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
"within it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
msgid ""
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
"called a *branch* (...)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
msgid ""
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
" rule or the other."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
"name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
"solved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
msgid ""
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
"mistakes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
msgid "Launch a test"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
msgid ""
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
" be shown on the status bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
"campaign."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
msgid ""
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
"*Cancel*."
msgstr ""

19
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po
View File

@ -3,18 +3,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -24,11 +19,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5
msgid "Mobile"
msgstr "Mobil"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8
msgid "Push Notifications"
msgstr "Mitteilungen"
msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -38,6 +33,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13
msgid ""
"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification "
"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud "
"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked."
msgstr ""

152
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../planning.rst:5
msgid "Planning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3
msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5
msgid ""
"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create"
" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high"
" level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9
msgid "Organize your team by roles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to"
" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under "
"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20
msgid "Make shifts recurrent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22
msgid ""
"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you "
"from the need of re-planning it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30
msgid ""
"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is "
"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, "
"from *Settings*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38
msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41
msgid "Save shifts as templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43
msgid ""
"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the "
"future, click on *Save as a Template*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51
msgid ""
"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Shifts Templates --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55
msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57
msgid ""
"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or "
"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, "
"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you "
"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation "
"time, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3
msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5
msgid ""
"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing"
" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you "
"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10
msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include"
" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19
msgid ""
"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish "
"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned "
"tasks:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26
msgid ""
"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29
msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an "
"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I "
"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to "
"take it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44
msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database."
msgstr ""

1582
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

100
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
View File

@ -3,18 +3,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Andreas Stauder <andreas.stauder@brain-tec.ch>, 2019\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -22,36 +17,36 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and "
"subscriptions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15
msgid ""
"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just"
" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr "Angebote"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is "
"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on "
@ -59,51 +54,51 @@ msgid ""
"pricing and other useful information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44
msgid "Sales Orders"
msgstr "Verkaufsaufträge"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be"
" registered under this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr "Rechnungen"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in "
"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has"
" been paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65
msgid ""
"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69
msgid "Tickets"
msgstr "Veranstaltungs-Ticket"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`,"
" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have "
@ -111,50 +106,50 @@ msgid ""
"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Abonnements"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81
msgid ""
"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87
msgid ""
"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding "
"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, "
"and the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91
msgid ""
"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by "
"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click"
" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will"
" no longer be able to access the database."
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method "
"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
@ -162,8 +157,29 @@ msgid ""
"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121
msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123
msgid ""
"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our "
"`Support Services <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126
msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129
msgid ""
"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information "
"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data "
"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com."
msgstr ""

6
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
View File

@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

1607
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1573
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

250
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po
View File

@ -3,18 +3,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -24,11 +19,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../quality.rst:5
msgid "Quality"
msgstr "Qualität"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3
msgid "Alert"
msgstr "Warnung"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3
msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order"
@ -125,7 +120,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "Schecks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3
msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders"
@ -159,9 +154,10 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18
msgid ""
"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >"
" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as "
"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform."
"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to "
":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to"
" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check "
"you want to perform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27
@ -192,9 +188,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and "
"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select"
" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which "
"the quality check should be performed."
"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. "
"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order "
"operation on which the quality check should be performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64
@ -225,9 +221,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8
msgid ""
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, "
"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the "
"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget "
"to select a transfer operation type."
"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, "
"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific "
"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19
@ -264,152 +260,202 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control.rst:3
msgid "Control"
msgstr "Kontrolle"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3
msgid "Define Quality Control Points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5
msgid ""
"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. "
"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and "
"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed"
" expectations. It also helps minimize waste."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10
msgid ""
"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality "
"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality "
"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that "
"the company then has to rework or scrap."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15
msgid ""
"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With "
"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20
msgid "Quality Control Points"
msgstr "Qualitätsprüfpunkte"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8
msgid ""
"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you "
"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control "
"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality "
"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take "
"place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14
msgid ""
"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the "
"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your "
"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing "
"process the quality control point should be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19
msgid ""
"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take "
"place:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22
msgid ""
"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;"
"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> "
"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which"
" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it "
"takes place also is to be defined here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27
msgid ""
"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. "
"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26
msgid ""
"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The "
"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)."
"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the "
"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of "
"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process "
"the quality control point needs to be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32
msgid "Quality Control Point Types"
msgid ""
"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take"
" place:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35
msgid ""
"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality "
"check."
"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks"
" to perform;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38
msgid ""
"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application."
"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The "
"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Text"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43
msgid ""
"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers "
"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process."
"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The "
"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56
msgid "Take a Picture"
msgstr "Bild aufnehmen"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50
msgid "Quality Control Point Types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52
msgid ""
"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There "
"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a "
"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58
msgid ""
"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a "
"transfer, or when manufacturing it."
"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71
msgid "Pass-Fail"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62
msgid "Text"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64
msgid ""
"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or"
" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing"
" orders."
"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the "
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80
msgid ""
"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a "
"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality "
"check failure."
msgid "Take a Picture"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94
msgid "Take a Measure"
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82
msgid ""
"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a "
"transfer or when manufacturing it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98
msgid ""
"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements "
"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process."
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera "
"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102
msgid ""
"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define"
" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker."
msgid "Pass-Fail"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104
msgid ""
"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific "
"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111
msgid ""
"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message "
"giving instructions to follow in case of failure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127
msgid "Take a Measure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129
msgid ""
"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a "
"transfer or during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132
msgid ""
"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements,"
" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good "
"measures can are automatically accepted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140
msgid ""
"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives "
"instructions to the worker."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156
msgid ""
"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools "
"<../../iot/devices/camera>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159
msgid "Register Consumed Materials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161
msgid ""
"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot "
"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work "
"with routings."
"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the "
"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182
msgid "This type is only available when working with routings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176
msgid "Register By-Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178
msgid ""
"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the"
" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings."
"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot "
"number of the by-products that are manufactured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193
msgid "Print Label"
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195
msgid ""
"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product "
"during the manufacturing process."
"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the "
"product during the manufacturing process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207
msgid ""
"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer "
"<../../iot/devices/printer>`."
msgstr ""

1935
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

147
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../sign.rst:5
msgid "Sign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3
msgid "Validity of electronic signatures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5
msgid ""
"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the"
" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should "
"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10
msgid "In the European Union"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12
msgid ""
"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ "
"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states"
" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-"
"eu/countries_en>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16
msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18
msgid "Electronic signatures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19
msgid "Advanced electronic signatures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20
msgid "Qualified electronic signatures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22
msgid ""
"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these "
"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states "
"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and "
"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it"
" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for "
"qualified electronic signatures.”"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27
msgid ""
"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as "
"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31
msgid "In the United States of America"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33
msgid ""
"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) "
"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the "
"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic "
"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-"
"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-"
"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal "
"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois "
"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York "
"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not "
"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42
msgid ""
"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five "
"criteria:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44
msgid ""
"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to "
"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to "
"opt-out of electronically signing a document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47
msgid ""
"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business "
"electronically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48
msgid ""
"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the "
"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as "
"supporting evidence."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50
msgid ""
"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for "
"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52
msgid ""
"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later "
"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer "
"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57
msgid ""
"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is "
"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing "
"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the "
"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney "
"to obtain legal advice."
msgstr ""

642
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
View File

@ -3,18 +3,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Johannes Croe <jcr@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -26,491 +21,542 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "SMS Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5
msgid ""
"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
"distribution easier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
msgid ""
"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
msgid "Install the app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
"data about those links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
msgid ""
"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
"he’s not interested in anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
msgid ""
"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
msgid "Sending my mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
msgid ""
"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
"delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
msgid ""
"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
"there are not that many recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
"must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
"performance of my SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
msgid ""
"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
msgid "Contact lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
msgid ""
"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
"easier."
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
msgid ""
"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my "
"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the"
" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to "
"allow them to update their subscription preferences."
"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* "
"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in "
"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription "
"preferences)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
"specific list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25
msgid ""
"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it"
" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28
msgid ""
"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a "
"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your "
"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a "
"customer has received or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr "Schwarze Liste"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
msgid ""
"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > "
"Import*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38
msgid ""
"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
msgid ""
"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
"Import`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
"app isn’t different!"
"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
"costumers, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11
msgid ""
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email "
"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
"enable *Mailing Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17
msgid ""
"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
"marketing ones."
"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, "
"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under "
"campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23
msgid ""
"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
" example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36
msgid ""
"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > "
"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*."
"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39
msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41
msgid ""
"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > "
"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need."
"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the"
" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select "
"*Send SMS*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
msgid "Set up SMS templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50
msgid ""
"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60
msgid ""
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
"the context."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
"notable integrations:"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63
msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
msgid ""
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
msgid ""
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
"document online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
msgid ""
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72
msgid ""
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75
msgid ""
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
msgid ""
"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive "
"your SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22
msgid ""
"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in "
"Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the "
"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are "
"allowed to select multiple ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically "
"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, "
"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43
msgid ""
"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53
msgid "Send a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57
msgid ""
"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
"to be delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
msgid ""
"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. "
"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific "
"time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61
msgid ""
"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient "
"list is not excessive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer "
"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65
msgid ""
"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
"you must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72
msgid ""
"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different "
"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79
msgid ""
"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on "
"the *Information* icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: "
":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Preiskalkulation"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
"prepaid credits* to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
msgid ""
"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or"
" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
" that includes the following characters:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
msgid ""
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
"represents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
msgid ""
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
"characters) of the message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
"your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21
msgid "FAQ"
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
msgid "More common questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24
msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
msgid "Yes."
msgstr "Ja."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
"send them all?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> "
"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS."
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
msgid ""
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
"lose credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
"credit will be lost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
" ticket for a festival)?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
msgid ""
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
"charged."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66
msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132
msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134
msgid ""
"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
"be seen in the following picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75
msgid ""
"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
" represents."
"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you "
"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs "
"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_."
msgstr ""

382
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po
View File

@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -18,151 +18,339 @@ msgstr ""
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
msgid "Social Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Topics"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
" content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
msgid ""
"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
"Odoo Social Marketing application."
"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The "
"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
" like."
"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
"transaction (paid)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
msgid ""
"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, "
"Retweet,..)"
"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
"content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
"application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
"interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
msgid "Monitor your visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your "
":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
msgid ""
"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
"last date and time the user was connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
msgid ""
"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
"an existing partner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
"own website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
msgid ""
"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
"*Track*, on the respective pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
msgid ""
"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
msgid ""
"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
" automatically added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
" customize your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
"*Insights*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
msgid ""
"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
"creation of content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
msgid "Publish content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
msgid ""
"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
"of how it will look when published."
"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
msgid ""
"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
" previous paragraph."
"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
msgid ""
"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
"notifications permission request."
"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
"and click on an existing one to edit it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
"Homepage)."
"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
msgid "Ask users for permission"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
msgid ""
"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
msgid ""
"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API "
"keys."
"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
msgid "Send notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
msgid "Individually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
msgid "To a group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
msgid ""
"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
msgid ""
"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
"archived."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
msgid "By rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
msgid ""
"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
"that match the rules you set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
msgstr ""

934
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,934 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../studio.rst:5
msgid "Studio"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3
msgid "Concepts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3
msgid "Understanding Automated Actions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6
msgid ""
"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions "
"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9
msgid ""
"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a "
"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if "
"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from "
"changing stage if a field is not filled in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16
msgid ""
"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and "
"*how* to create one:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18
msgid ""
"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on "
"which the action is applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19
msgid ""
"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to "
"happen:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21
msgid ""
"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created"
" once saved for the first time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23
msgid ""
"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once "
"the record is saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24
msgid ""
"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record "
"once the form is saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25
msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26
msgid ""
"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* "
"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the "
"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python "
"Code* action type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29
msgid ""
"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set "
"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the "
"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the "
"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time "
"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34
msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36
msgid ""
"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied "
"before the record is updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38
msgid ""
"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing"
" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41
msgid ""
"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and"
" not executed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43
msgid ""
"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be "
"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45
msgid ""
"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the "
"variables that can be used is available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47
msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48
msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49
msgid ""
"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server "
"actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50
msgid ""
"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email "
"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51
msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52
msgid ""
"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, "
"*Reminder*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53
msgid ""
"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS "
"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56
msgid "Example"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58
msgid ""
"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the "
"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, "
"goes through:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65
msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66
msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67
msgid ""
"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched "
"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69
msgid ""
"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the"
" example: *email is not set*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71
msgid ""
"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the "
"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73
msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76
msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77
msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3
msgid "Understanding General Concepts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7
msgid ""
"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt "
"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge."
" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to"
" get into the XML code."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11
msgid ""
"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using "
"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the "
"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution "
"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or "
"without programming skills."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17
msgid ""
"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* "
"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on "
"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications,"
" or by creating an entirely new *model*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22
msgid "What is a Module?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25
msgid ""
"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business "
"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web "
"data. An application is a collection of modules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29
msgid ""
"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the "
"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, "
"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a "
"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38
msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40
msgid ""
"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally"
" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. "
"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with "
"other tables."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45
msgid "What are Fields?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47
msgid ""
"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is "
"registered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49
msgid ""
"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model "
"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, "
"etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50
msgid ""
"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and "
"*relational fields*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53
msgid ""
"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational "
"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for "
"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational "
"field to link each Property to its Customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56
msgid "Relational Fields in detail"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with "
"the data of another model."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60
msgid ""
"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66
msgid ""
"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* "
"records from a table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68
msgid ""
"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also "
"contain multiple fields of information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69
msgid ""
"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from"
" a table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70
msgid ""
"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only "
"belong to one category."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71
msgid ""
"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a "
"table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72
msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75
msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78
msgid "What are Views?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80
msgid ""
"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which "
"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they "
"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them "
"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, "
"*kanban*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85
msgid "What is a Menu?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87
msgid ""
"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create "
"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95
msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3
msgid "How To"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3
msgid "Export and Import Modules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your "
"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8
msgid ""
"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, "
"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is "
"*customizations.zip*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16
msgid ""
"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as "
"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18
msgid ""
"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the"
" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on"
" *Import*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25
msgid ""
"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be"
" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying "
"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the "
"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the "
"destination database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3
msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes "
"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the "
"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13
msgid ""
"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, "
"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow "
"Man* effect can be applied."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14
msgid "By default, the feature is active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16
msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17
msgid "when users empty their inboxes;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18
msgid "when the user finishes a tour;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19
msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3
msgid "Customizing Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup "
"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage"
" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements "
"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. "
"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, "
"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11
msgid ""
"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like "
"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone,"
" email address, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17
msgid ""
"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the "
"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are "
"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many "
"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*,"
" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The"
" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its "
"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related "
"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34
msgid ""
"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to "
"fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36
msgid ""
"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility "
"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding "
"having a plain icon when they are not set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40
msgid ""
"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups "
"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements "
"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the "
"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging "
"to other groups do not see the same final document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46
msgid ""
"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if "
"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective "
"document form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53
msgid ""
"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* "
"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become "
"visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56
msgid ""
"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap "
"classes such as *text-danger*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59
msgid ""
"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document "
"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment "
"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. "
"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not "
"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created."
" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not "
"change, such as Invoices."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67
msgid ""
"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you"
" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3
msgid "Use Cases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should"
" be automatically applied.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8
msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10
msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11
msgid "*Active*: On"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12
msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13
msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53
msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15
msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22
msgid ""
"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another "
"automated action example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25
msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28
msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it"
" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8
msgid ""
"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group "
"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling"
" *Use by default* and *Save*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15
msgid ""
"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable "
"*Default Filter*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life "
"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, "
"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26
msgid ""
"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. "
"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a "
"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28
msgid ""
"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the "
"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34
msgid ""
"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As "
"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), "
"stages are shown in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38
msgid ""
"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to "
"go back to *Form View*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set "
"its cost to 0€.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46
msgid ""
"Create an :doc:`automated action "
"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49
msgid "*Model*: Product Template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50
msgid "*Trigger*: On Update"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51
msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52
msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54
msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show"
" a field 'Pay by check?'**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8
msgid ""
"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10
msgid ""
"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*"
" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11
msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19
msgid ""
"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France "
"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21
msgid ""
"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully "
"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22
msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:"
" company, value, name, address, active, image.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31
msgid ""
"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit "
"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now,"
" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to"
" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to "
"see the properties for each region.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43
msgid ""
"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add"
" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45
msgid ""
"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a "
"relation to your model *Region*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48
msgid ""
"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet"
" in the view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60
msgid ""
"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status "
"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of"
" records on the related model, and allow you to access them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69
msgid ""
"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by "
"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as "
"checkboxes instead of tags.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78
msgid ""
"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its "
"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the "
"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, "
"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89
msgid ""
"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under"
" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process "
"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96
msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99
msgid ""
"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their "
"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the "
"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is "
"not = > Tags.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called "
"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales"
" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed"
" amount is higher than 500€.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109
msgid ""
"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* "
"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and "
"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117
msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119
msgid ""
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` "
"and open Studio."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122
msgid ""
"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write"
" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the "
"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here "
"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129
msgid ""
"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would "
"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* "
"option under *Properties*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List "
"View.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7
msgid ""
"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* "
"option as the default one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14
msgid ""
"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without "
"having to switch to the form view.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19
msgid ""
"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on"
" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in"
" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21
msgid ""
"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown "
"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)."
msgstr ""

457
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../support.rst:5
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Release date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "**Odoo 14.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "|green|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "October 2020"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "N/A"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "August 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "October 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "|orange|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "April 2018"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "|red|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "October 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "March 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "January 2017"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "October 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "May 2016"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "October 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "February 2015"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "September 2014"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59
msgid "|green| Supported version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61
msgid "|red| End-of-support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65
msgid ""
"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo "
"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to "
"upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82
msgid ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84
msgid ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86
msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12
msgid "5 days a week"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your"
" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
msgid "Import of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
msgid ""
"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
"etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6
msgid "Where to find help?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10
msgid "Odoo Enterprise"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our "
"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no "
"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own "
"server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "Please include in your request:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
msgid "your subscription number"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
msgid ""
"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
"Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Community"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
msgid ""
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
" support and bugfix services."
msgstr ""

235
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../survey.rst:5
msgid "Survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5
msgid ""
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
"market is thinking."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13
msgid ""
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22
msgid "Tab: Questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
"without answering the respective question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29
msgid ""
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
"different possibilities. Examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31
msgid ""
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33
msgid ""
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
"with which a text type field is displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
"row."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44
msgid "Tab: Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46
msgid ""
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
"homepage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56
msgid "Tab: Options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
"details of the respondent and his answers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72
msgid ""
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
"entries clean with only real participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79
msgid ""
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9
msgid ""
"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right "
"answer and score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17
msgid ""
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
"finish it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25
msgid ""
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
"badges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6
msgid "Time Limit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10
msgid ""
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
" looking at external resources."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17
msgid ""
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
" saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21
msgid "Selection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25
msgid ""
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
msgstr ""

81
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../timesheets.rst:5
msgid "Timesheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3
msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This "
"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it "
"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have "
"not been timesheeted by the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9
msgid ""
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, "
"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if "
"you like."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select"
" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be "
"validated or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26
msgid ""
"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been "
"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is "
"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and "
"task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to "
"15th."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33
msgid ""
"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is "
"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the "
"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating "
"does it so."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41
msgid ""
"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access "
"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the "
"project/task."
msgstr ""

593
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3838
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

22
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po
View File

@ -14,9 +14,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -758,13 +758,13 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your "
"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have "
"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content"
"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content"
" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR "
"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch "
"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the"
" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files "
" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files "
"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with "
"``13.0-my_contribution``."
"``14.0-my_contribution``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286
@ -776,11 +776,11 @@ msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294
msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:"
msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300
msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:"
msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309
@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of "
"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the "
"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)."
"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5
@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528
msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives"
msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530
@ -1579,12 +1579,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38
msgid ""
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``"
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39
msgid ""
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``"
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41

611
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -5,29 +5,24 @@
#
# Translators:
# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2020
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020
# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020
# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2020
# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2020
# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2020
# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2020
# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020
# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020
# Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2020
# José Gerardo Páez Serrano <jgerardops@gmail.com>, 2020
# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -67,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8
#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
@ -346,7 +341,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:148
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
@ -535,277 +530,6 @@ msgid ""
" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
msgstr "Sincroniza tu calendario Google con Odoo"
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
"directions)."
msgstr ""
"Odoo está perfectamente integrado con el calendario de Google así que puedes"
" ver y administrar tus reuniones con ambas plataformas (las actualizaciones "
"van a ambas direcciones)."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
msgid "Setup in Google"
msgstr "Configuración en Google"
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
msgstr ""
"Ve a la Plataforma de APIs de Google "
"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ para generar las credenciales "
"para la API de Google Calendar. Accede con tu cuenta de Google."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
msgstr "Ve a la página API & Servicios."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
msgstr "Busca por *Calendario API Google* y selecciónalo."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
msgid "Enable the API."
msgstr "Activa el API"
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
msgid ""
"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
msgstr ""
"Selecciona o crea un proyecto API para almacenar las credenciales si es que "
"no lo hizo previamente. Nómbralo con un título específico (Ej. Odoo Sync)."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
msgid "Create credentials."
msgstr "Crea Credenciales"
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
msgid ""
"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
"of data."
msgstr ""
"Selecciona *Web browser (Javascript)* como fuente de llamada y *User data* "
"como tipo de data."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
msgid ""
"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
"'/google_account/authentication'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
msgid ""
"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
" in Odoo for the first time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
msgid ""
"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "Configuración en Odoo"
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
msgid ""
"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
msgid ""
"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
msgstr "¡A partir de ahora ya no tienes excusas para perderte una reunión!"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3
msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introducción"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10
msgid ""
"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the "
"configuration procedure below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15
msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
msgstr "Ir a Aplicaciones e instalar el módulo **VoIP OnSIP**."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20
msgid ""
"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22
msgid ""
"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23
msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24
msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
msgstr "**Modo** debe ser Producción"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29
msgid ""
"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31
msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32
msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33
msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34
msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36
msgid ""
"You can find all this information by logging in at "
"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
"and refer to the fields as pictured below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
" Odoo and in OnSIP)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45
msgid ""
"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
"to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52
msgid ""
"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
"international prefix for the United States)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57
msgid ""
"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63
msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65
msgid ""
"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear "
"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67
msgid ""
"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream "
"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_."
" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will "
"then have to configure it as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69
msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70
msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71
msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72
msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73
msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75
msgid ""
"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can "
"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. "
"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to "
"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone"
" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call "
"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79
msgid ""
"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3
msgid "Outlook Extension"
msgstr ""
@ -876,6 +600,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Por hacer"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50
msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52
msgid ""
"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More "
@ -979,38 +711,69 @@ msgid ""
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:141
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140
msgid ""
"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
" prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit."
"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed "
"and used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:143
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142
msgid ""
"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company"
" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead "
"Generation**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145
msgid ""
"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect "
"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to"
" buy credits to keep using this additional service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155
msgid ""
"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or "
"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead "
"Enrichment*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159
msgid "In-App Purchase"
msgstr "Compra dentro de Aplicaciones"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162
msgid ""
"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires "
"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
msgid ""
"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:146
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167
msgid ""
"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on "
"the suggested company is the website link and logo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:150
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
msgid ""
"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:153
msgid ":doc:`partner_autocomplete`"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174
msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175
msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
@ -1070,270 +833,6 @@ msgid ""
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6
msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
msgstr "Instalar el servidor Asterisk"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11
msgid ""
"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
msgstr ""
"Antes de instalar Asterisk es necesario instalar las siguientes "
"dependencias:"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13
msgid "wget"
msgstr "wget"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14
msgid "gcc"
msgstr "gcc"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15
msgid "g++"
msgstr "g++"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16
msgid "ncurses-devel"
msgstr "ncurses-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17
msgid "libxml2-devel"
msgstr "libxml2-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18
msgid "sqlite-devel"
msgstr "sqlite-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19
msgid "libsrtp-devel"
msgstr "libsrtp-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20
msgid "libuuid-devel"
msgstr "libuuid-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21
msgid "openssl-devel"
msgstr "openssl-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22
msgid "pkg-config"
msgstr "pkg-config"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24
msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
msgstr "Para instalar libsrtp, siga las siguientes instrucciones:"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35
msgid ""
"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here "
"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is "
"extracted:"
msgstr ""
"También necesita instalar PJSIP, puede descargar el recurso aquí "
"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Una vez el directorio recurso es "
"extraído:"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37
msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
msgstr "**Cambia a directorio proyecto pj recurso:**"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43
msgid "**run:**"
msgstr "**ejecutar:**"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49
msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
msgstr "** Construye y instale proyectopj:**"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57
msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
msgstr "**Actualizar enlaces compartidas de biblioteca**."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63
msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
msgstr "verifique que el proyecto pj está instalado."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69
msgid "**The result should be:**"
msgstr "** Wl resultado debe ser**."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86
msgid "Asterisk"
msgstr "Asterisco"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88
msgid ""
"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly "
"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
msgstr ""
"Para instalar Asterisk 13.7.0, puede descargar la fuente directamente `aqui "
"<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90
msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
msgstr "extracto del Asterisco:"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96
msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
msgstr "introduzca el directorio Asterisco."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102
msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
msgstr "Ejecutar el script configuración Asterisco."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108
msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
msgstr "Ejecute la herramienta asterisco menú selección "
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is "
"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the "
"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). "
"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines."
msgstr ""
"En el menú selección, ir a la opción de recursos y asegurar que el res-srtp "
"está inhabilitado. Si hay 3x´s junto a res-srtp, hay un problema con la "
"biblioteca srtp y debes reinstalarlo. Guardar la configuración (presionar "
"x). Debe también ver las estrellas delante de las lineas res-pjsip."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116
msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
msgstr "Compilar e instalar Asterisk."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122
msgid ""
"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the "
"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
"run 'make config'."
msgstr ""
"Si necesita el ejemplo de configuración puede ejecutar 'realizar ejemplos' "
"para instalar la configuración de ejemplos. Si necesita instalar el script "
"de inicio del asterisco puede ejecutar 'make config'."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125
msgid "DTLS Certificates"
msgstr "Certificados DTLS"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127
msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
msgstr "Después necesita ajustar los certificados DTLS."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133
msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
msgstr "Introduzca el directorio de scripts del asterisco:"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139
msgid ""
"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
msgstr ""
"Crear los certtificados DTLS ( reemplazar pbx.mycompany.com con su dirección"
" ip o nombre dns, reemplaza MY Super Company con su nombre de compañia):"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146
msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
msgstr "Configurar el servidor Asterisco"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148
msgid ""
"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer "
"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very "
"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start"
" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are "
"uncommented:"
msgstr ""
"Para WebRTC, muchas configuraciónes obligatórias deben hacerse en el "
"apartado \"peer settings\", por que, en occasiónes contrario a lo necesario,"
" configuraciónes en el apartado \"global settings\" no se populan bien al "
"\"peer setting\". Por defecto, archivos de configuracion Asterisk estan "
"ubicados en /etc/asterisk/. Se recomienda empezar por editar http.conf y "
"asegurarse que las siguientes lineas estan descommentadas:"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158
msgid ""
"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and "
"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. "
"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to "
"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the "
"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:"
msgstr ""
"Luego, editar sip.conf. El \"WebRTC\" peer requiere de \"encryption\", "
"\"avpf\", y \"icesupport\" para habilitarlo. En la mayoría de casos, "
"\"directmedia\" debe estar deshabilitado. Tambien en el cliente WebRTC, el "
"transporte debe figurar como \"ws\" para permitir conexiones de websocket. "
"Todas estas lineas de configuración debenerian estar bajo el mismo peer; "
"configurarlos globalmente probablemente no funciona:"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186
msgid ""
"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the "
"lines:"
msgstr ""
"En los archivos sip.conf y rtp.conf, es necesario tambien agregar o "
"descomentar las lineas:"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193
msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
msgstr "por último ajustar extensiones.conf: "
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202
msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
msgstr "Configure Odoo VOIP."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204
msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
msgstr ""
"En Odoo, la configuración debe ser hecha en las preferencias del usuario."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210
msgid ""
"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in"
" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212
msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214
msgid ""
"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used "
"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also "
"configured in the sip.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217
msgid ""
"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the "
"\"Integrations\" section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222
msgid ""
"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf "
"file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224
msgid ""
"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to"
" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port "
"defined in the http.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3
msgid "Analyze performance"
msgstr "Analizar el rendimiento"

784
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -7,15 +7,19 @@
# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2021
# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2021
# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -110,7 +114,7 @@ msgid ""
"database already selected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr ""
@ -623,6 +627,637 @@ msgid ""
"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Información general"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22
msgid "The upgrade process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24
msgid ""
"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* "
"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page"
" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Definición"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32
msgid ""
"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo "
"14.0)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34
msgid "An upgrade does not cover:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36
msgid ""
"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community "
"to Enterprise edition)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37
msgid ""
"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., "
"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39
msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382
msgid "|assistance-contact|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46
msgid "Process workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48
msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50
msgid "You create a test upgrade request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ""
"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an "
"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) "
"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically"
" to your database until the upgrade succeeds."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55
msgid "Odoo delivers a test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56
msgid ""
"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade"
"/test-guidance`)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57
msgid ""
"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team "
"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59
msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on "
"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data "
"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63
msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64
msgid ""
"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and "
"continue working on the newly upgraded database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70
msgid "Service Level Agreement"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73
msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75
msgid ""
"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise "
"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78
msgid "The upgrade of:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80
msgid "standard applications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81
msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82
msgid ""
"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are "
"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85
msgid ""
"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of"
" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the "
"targeted version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89
msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91
msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92
msgid ""
"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-"
"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94
msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96
msgid ""
"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo"
" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Empezar"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106
msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111
msgid "Online (SaaS)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113
msgid ""
"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our "
"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr "Odoo.sh"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121
msgid ""
"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able "
"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr "On-Premise"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129
msgid "There are two possibilities:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131
msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ""
"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line "
"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ""
"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t "
"14.0``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137
msgid "What does it do?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139
msgid ""
"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the "
"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the"
" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146
msgid "Steps"
msgstr "Pasos"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151
msgid "The testing phase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156
msgid "Test process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158
msgid ""
"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to "
"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your "
"production database in any way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161
msgid ""
"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can "
"do it as often as you want (one at a time)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164
msgid ""
"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all "
"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167
msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid "and/or"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171
msgid ""
"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the "
"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174
msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176
msgid ""
"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade"
"/production-live>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181
msgid "Request a test database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183
msgid ""
"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select "
"*Testing* purpose."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192
msgid "Test guidance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194
msgid ""
"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have "
"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you "
"look at `the test scenario "
"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we "
"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Por hacer"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199
msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395
msgid "Assistance"
msgstr "Asistencia"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206
msgid ""
"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact"
" the Odoo Upgrade Support:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268
msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210
msgid ""
"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my "
"upgrade* ticket type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217
msgid ""
"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be "
"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the "
"processing and response time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276
msgid ""
"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the "
"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid "
"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229
msgid ""
"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or "
"configurations in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236
msgid "The production launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241
msgid "Production goes live"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243
msgid ""
"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current "
"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, "
"current orders) to a new version of your choice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246
msgid ""
"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your "
"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our"
" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255
msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257
msgid ""
"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an"
" action)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258
msgid ""
"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work "
"correctly)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265
msgid ""
"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please "
"contact the **Odoo Support**:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269
msgid ""
"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related "
"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my "
"upgrade*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273
msgid ""
"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support "
"team instead of the Upgrade team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285
msgid ""
"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request "
"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down "
"the processing and response time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296
msgid "Why upgrade?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298
msgid ""
"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-"
"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300
msgid ""
"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`,"
" you get a new version with support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306
msgid "When to upgrade?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308
msgid ""
"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new "
"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314
msgid "Availability of the new version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316
msgid ""
"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major "
"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to "
"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not "
"immediately available for existing databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323
msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade "
"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, "
"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the "
"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., "
"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human "
"intervention, making the process slower."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331
msgid ""
"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a "
"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334
msgid ""
"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-"
"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-"
"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and "
"Manufacturing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338
msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340
msgid "Source & targeted versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341
msgid "Installed apps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342
msgid "Volume of data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343
msgid ""
"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, "
"website, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344
msgid ""
"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the "
"test phase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346
msgid ""
"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time "
"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can "
"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353
msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355
msgid ""
"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section "
":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional "
"fees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358
msgid ""
"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our "
"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you "
"can do it yourself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366
msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368
msgid ""
"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375
msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377
msgid ""
"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379
msgid ""
"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change "
"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387
msgid "Release Notes by version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389
msgid ""
"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to "
"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400
msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402
msgid ""
"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to "
"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be"
" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr "Versiones con soporte"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410
msgid ""
"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three "
"last major versions of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412
msgid ""
"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on "
"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to "
"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416
msgid ""
"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions "
"<../support/supported_versions>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr "Usuarios y Funcionalidades"
@ -842,3 +1477,144 @@ msgstr ""
"duplicado** (o en una base de datos de prueba gratis): de esta forma puede "
"saber que otras aplicaciones pueden ser requeridas, etc. Esto evitará "
"sorpresas cuando desinstale o cuando reciba sus facturas."
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7
msgid "Hosting Changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9
msgid ""
"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to "
"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or "
"contact our support team first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13
msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49
msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17
msgid ""
"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this "
"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18
msgid ""
"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database "
"Manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52
msgid ""
"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the "
"transfer.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53
msgid ""
"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump "
"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link"
" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want"
" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54
msgid ""
"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In"
" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55
msgid "It's done!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25
msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44
msgid ""
"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation "
"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28
msgid "...and voilà!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31
msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41
msgid ""
"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version "
"number of your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34
msgid ""
"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of"
" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a"
" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a "
"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43
msgid ""
"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to "
"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due"
" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61
msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39
msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42
msgid ""
"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of"
" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a "
"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a "
"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47
msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51
msgid ""
"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, "
"then do it in your production build."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58
msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60
msgid ""
"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database "
"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`."
msgstr ""

375
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
View File

@ -4,16 +4,16 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# VivianMontana23 <vivianpvm@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: VivianMontana23 <vivianpvm@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -30,361 +30,84 @@ msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage "
"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets "
"speeds up your processes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgid "Configure the helpdesk team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select"
" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will "
"be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
"employees schedules and interventions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
" in your Gantt view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
"existing one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling "
"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public "
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button."
" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless "
"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have "
"to approve before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8
msgid "Configure a product"
msgstr "Configurar un producto"
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and "
"create or edit a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11
msgid ""
"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13
msgid ""
"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing "
"Policy*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15
msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17
msgid "Select your *Project*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr "Hojas de trabajo"
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A "
"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is "
"directly accessible from the sales order."
msgstr ""

959
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

22
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -4,22 +4,22 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Juan José Scarafía <scarafia.juanjose@gmail.com>, 2020
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020
# Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2020
# Antonio Trueba, 2020
# Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020
# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -114,16 +114,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
msgid ""
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
msgstr ""
@ -273,6 +269,16 @@ msgid ""
"Course*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Por hacer"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid ""
"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
"AVAILABLE!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Primeros pasos"

8
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
View File

@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -21,6 +21,10 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: ../../index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
msgstr "Documentación de usuario de Odoo"

515
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Susanna Pujol, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -122,7 +122,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
@ -712,7 +711,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
@ -1762,8 +1760,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`"
msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3
msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)"
@ -5627,6 +5625,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
msgid "How does it work?"
msgstr ""
@ -5910,8 +5909,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274
msgid ""
"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for "
"quotation is created to fulfill the need."
"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for"
" quotation is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276
@ -6111,352 +6110,342 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
msgid ""
"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best "
"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration."
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration "
"date."
msgstr ""
"Las estrategias de remoción son usuales en operaciones de selección para "
"escoger los mejores productos y así optimizar la distancia para el "
"trabajador, con propósitos de control de calidad o debido a la razón de "
"caducidad de productos."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
msgid ""
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products "
"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend "
"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or "
"on the **location**."
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
"the *Location*."
msgstr ""
"Cuando se requiere del movimiento de un producto, Odoo encontrará productos "
"disponibles que pueden ser asignados al envío. La forma en la que Odoo "
"asigna estos productos depende de la **estrategia de remoción** definida en "
"la **categoría del producto** o en la **ubicación**."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`:"
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage "
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
msgstr ""
"En la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración -->"
" Ajustes`."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
msgid ""
"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per "
"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on "
"**Apply**."
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the"
" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
"are stored in their respective locations."
msgstr ""
"Marque **Rastrear lotes o números de serio**, **Administrar varias "
"ubicaciones por bodega** y **Ruteado avanzado de productos usando reglas**, "
"luego de clic en **Aplicar**."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the "
"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy."
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive "
"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that"
" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. "
"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with "
"the products fitting your settings the best."
msgstr ""
"Luego, abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ubicaciones` y abra la "
"ubicación en la cual desea aplicar una estrategia de remoción. "
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
msgid "Types of removal strategy"
msgstr "Tipos de estrategias de remoción"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
msgstr "FIFO ( Primeras en Entrar Primeras en Salir )"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42
msgid ""
"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were "
"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they "
"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively "
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure "
"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory."
"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick "
"for delivery."
msgstr ""
"Una estrategia **Primeras en Entrar Primeras en Salir** implica que los "
"productos que fueron almacenados primero se moverán primero. Las compañías "
"deben usar el método FIFO si estan vendiendo mercancías perecederas. Las "
"compañías que venden productos con relativamente breves ciclos de demanda, "
"como ropa, deberán elegir FIFO para asegurar que no estan bloqueadas con "
"estilos desactualizados en inventario."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy."
"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products "
"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number "
"that has entered your stock the first."
msgstr ""
"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`, abra "
"la ubicación de inventario y configue la estrategia de remoción **FIFO**."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy."
msgstr "Tomemos un ejemplo de una estrategia de remoción FIFO."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53
msgid ""
"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of "
"``iPod 32 Gb`` available."
"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your "
"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, "
"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, "
"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders "
"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a "
"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in "
"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from "
"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001."
msgstr ""
"En la ubicación del inventario en su bodega (``WH/Existencias``), hay ``3`` "
"lotes de `iPod 32 Gb`` disponibles."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60
msgid ""
"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report."
"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo "
"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest"
" period."
msgstr ""
"Puede encontrar detalles del inventario disponible en el reporte de "
"valoración de inventario."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
msgstr ""
"Cree una órden de venta de ``25`` unidades de ``iPod 32 Gb`` y confirmela."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66
msgid ""
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy."
"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on "
"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for"
" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the "
"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last."
msgstr ""
"Puede ver en el envío de salida del producto que los ``Ipod 32 Gb`` son "
"asignados con los **mayores** lotes, usando la estrategia de remoción FIFO."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75
msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
msgstr "LIFO (Últimas en Entrar Primeras en Salir)"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70
msgid ""
"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, "
"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a "
"shelf life."
"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. "
"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 "
"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on "
"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on "
"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested "
"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered "
"the stock."
msgstr ""
"En esta administración de bodega, los productos que son comprados de último,"
" se mueven primero. El LIFO es usado para el caso de productos que no tienen"
" caducidad."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy."
"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a"
" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
msgid ""
"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or "
"obsolete products in your stock."
msgstr ""
"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`, abra "
"la ubicación de inventario y configue la estrategia de remoción **LIFO**."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
msgid ""
"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on"
" ``WH/Stock`` location."
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
msgstr ""
"En nuestro ejemplo, veamos el inventario disponible actual de ``Ipod 32 Gb``"
" en la ubicación ``WH/Existencias``."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90
msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``."
msgstr "Cree una órden de venta de ``10`` unidades de ``iPod 32 Gb``."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86
msgid ""
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy."
"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two "
"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date "
"the product entered the stock."
msgstr ""
"Puede ver en el envío de salida del producto que los ``Ipod 32 Gb`` son "
"asignados con los **últimos** lotes, usando la estrategia de remoción LIFO."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100
msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
msgstr "FEFO ( Primeras en Expirar Primeras en Salir )"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
msgid ""
"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t "
"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). "
"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5"
" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on "
"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and "
"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes "
"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is "
"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for "
"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration "
"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot "
"that expires the sooner after 20002."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98
msgid ""
"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* "
"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest "
"expiration date from the order date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
msgid ""
"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse"
" according to their expiration date."
msgstr ""
"En la administración de bodega FEFO, los productos son despachados desde la "
"ubicación en bodega de acuerdo a su fecha de caducidad."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the "
"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**"
" to save changes."
msgstr ""
"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Verifique "
"la opción **Definir fecha de expiración en números de serie**. Luego de clic"
" en **Aplicar** para guardar los cambios."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
msgid ""
"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial "
"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and "
"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory "
"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`."
msgid "Use Removal Strategies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this "
"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet."
"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by "
"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and "
"*Lots & Serial Numbers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113
msgid ""
"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this "
"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed."
"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115
msgid ""
"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
msgid ""
"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy "
"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out "
"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with "
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with "
"outdated styles in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
msgid ""
"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the "
"goods with this serial/lot number."
"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the "
"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our "
"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137
msgid ""
"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to "
"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with "
"removal dates."
"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 "
"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. "
"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from "
"that lot are the first ones to move out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
msgid ""
"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting "
"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates "
"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when "
"lots pass their **alert date**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140
msgid ""
"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are "
"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four"
" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: "
"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and "
"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields,"
" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set "
"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days "
"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to "
"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually "
"after the lot has been created."
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot"
" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
msgid ""
"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot "
"expiration date fields as follows:"
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153
msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155
msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157
msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159
msgid ""
"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration"
" --> Locations` and choose FEFO."
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of "
"products without a shelf life."
msgstr ""
"Para configurar la estrategia de remoción en la ubicación, vaya a "
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ubicaciones` y elija FEFO."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
msgid ""
"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in "
"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different "
"expiration date."
"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So,"
" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product "
"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162
msgid ""
"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved "
"products are from lots 000003 and 000002."
msgstr ""
"Tomemos un ejemplo, hay ``3`` lotes of ``helado`` disponibles en la "
"ubicación ``WH/Existencias``: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` con "
"diferentes fechas de expiración."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
msgstr "**Lote / Serie No**"
msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Product**"
msgstr "**Producto**"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173
msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
msgstr "**Fecha de Expiración**"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
msgid "LOT0001"
msgstr "LOT0001"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "Ice Cream"
msgstr "Helado"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
msgid "08/20/2015"
msgstr "08/20/2015"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
msgid "LOT0002"
msgstr "LOT0002"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
msgid "08/10/2015"
msgstr "08/10/2015"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "LOT0003"
msgstr "LOT0003"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "08/15/2015"
msgstr "08/15/2015"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175
msgid ""
"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the "
"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to "
"their expiration date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
msgid ""
"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it."
msgstr "Creemos una órden de venta de ``15kg`` de ``helado`` y confirmemola."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181
msgid ""
"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on "
"removal strategy **FEFO**."
"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at "
":doc:`the related doc "
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
msgstr ""
"El envío de salida relacionado con la órden de venta hará el movimiento "
"basado en la estrategia de remoción **FEFO**."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
msgid ""
"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on"
" the removal dates."
"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different "
"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial "
"Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"Esta tomará ``10kg`` desde ``LOT0002`` y ``5kg`` desde ``LOT0003`` basada en"
" las fechas de remoción."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192
msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190
msgid ""
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194
msgid ""
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
" picked for delivery orders!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197
msgid ""
"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force "
"Removal Strategy*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
msgid ""
"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots"
" of them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
msgstr "**Lote / Serie No**"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Product**"
msgstr "**Producto**"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
msgstr "**Fecha de Expiración**"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
msgid "0000001"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "Hand Cream"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
msgid "09/30/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
msgid "0000002"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
msgid "11/30/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "0000003"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "10/31/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216
msgid ""
"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot "
"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the"
" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3

8
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
View File

@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernando La Chica <fernandolachica@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -1276,6 +1276,10 @@ msgid ""
"the right of its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7
msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Información general"

8
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po
View File

@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -316,10 +316,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr ""

543
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

@ -5,18 +5,15 @@
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020
# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020
# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -28,387 +25,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Project"
msgstr "Proyecto"
#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avanzado"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Project Settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5
msgid ""
"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be "
"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be "
"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked."
" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10
msgid "Create advanced projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13
msgid ""
"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If "
"not, simply leave the field blank."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20
msgid "Choose who can access a project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can "
"have access to the project:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25
msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26
msgid "*All employees*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27
msgid ""
"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients "
"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30
msgid ""
"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a"
" specific account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33
msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35
msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36
msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43
msgid "Create sales orders from a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45
msgid ""
"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from"
" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or "
"create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54
msgid "Track the material used on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56
msgid ""
"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the "
"products/material used during the work on a specific task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64
msgid "Take advantage of worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66
msgid ""
"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in "
"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one "
"on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74
msgid "Schedule shifts on projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76
msgid ""
"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized,"
" enable *Planning*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88
msgid "Manage employees work hours"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90
msgid ""
"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It "
"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external "
"link to adjust the daily hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99
msgid "Share stages across projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102
msgid ""
"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to "
"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105
msgid ""
":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` "
"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the"
" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share "
"stages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5
msgid ""
"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your"
" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your "
"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that "
"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to "
"other consumers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11
msgid "Set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Use Rating on Project*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at"
" a specific stage(s)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20
msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27
msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and "
"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set "
"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32
msgid ""
"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in"
" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40
msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47
msgid "Get reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see "
"ratings by task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55
msgid ""
"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the "
"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3
msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5
msgid ""
"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, "
"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you "
"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and "
"can course-correct if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10
msgid "Track costs and revenue"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13
msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the "
"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* "
"becomes available in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22
msgid ""
"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable "
"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours "
"recorded, and even a timesheet table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30
msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34
msgid ""
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. "
"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to "
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an "
"*Analytic Account* under the needed project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36
msgid ""
"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is"
" directly available in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr "Informes"
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46
msgid ""
"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. "
"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a "
"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs "
"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, "
"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time "
"spent on that service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11
msgid "Product set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product "
"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product "
"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing "
"Policy* and *Service Tracking*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16
msgid "If you choose to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19
msgid ""
"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first "
"column of the selected project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21
msgid ""
"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales "
"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23
msgid ""
"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each "
"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template "
"chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30
msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32
msgid ""
"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a"
" project or task is automatically created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40
msgid "Access the task generated from Project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the"
" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51
msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53
msgid ""
"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the "
"*Timesheets* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59
msgid ""
"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66
msgid ""
"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
#: ../../project/planning.rst:3
msgid "Planning"
msgstr "Planificación"
@ -470,161 +86,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3
msgid "Record Time and Invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5
msgid ""
"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can"
" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you "
"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the "
"project/task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10
msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Timesheets*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15
msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the "
"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from "
"Tasks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20
msgid ""
"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on"
" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26
msgid ""
"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at "
"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30
msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the "
"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose "
"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38
msgid ""
"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: "
"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: "
"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45
msgid ""
"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific "
"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a "
"system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47
msgid ""
"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into "
"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior"
" and senior consultants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50
msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59
msgid ""
"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each "
"employee before the customer gets invoiced."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64
msgid ":doc:`./time_record`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3
msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5
msgid ""
"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your "
"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your "
"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate "
"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your "
"customers the exact right amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11
msgid "Manually timesheet on task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and "
"specify the *Duration*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22
msgid "Time tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable "
"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27
msgid ""
"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and "
"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3
msgid "Tasks"
msgstr "Tareas"

1723
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

117
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -356,13 +356,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74
msgid ":doc:`setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75
msgid ":doc:`manage`"
msgstr ":doc:`manage`"
@ -521,7 +519,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73
msgid ":doc:`features`"
msgstr ""
@ -782,118 +779,6 @@ msgid ""
"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3
msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5
msgid ""
"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new "
"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8
msgid ""
"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector "
"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a "
"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of "
"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to "
"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and "
"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14
msgid ""
"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new "
"authentication flow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17
msgid ""
"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was "
"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if "
"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing "
"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module "
"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your "
"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup"
" <setup>` step of the Amazon Connector."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25
msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27
msgid ""
"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo "
"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source "
"code is up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-"
"date and you can proceed to the next step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must"
" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/update.html>`_ or by "
"contacting your integrating partner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39
msgid "Update the list of available modules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41
msgid ""
"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in "
"the **Apps** menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44
msgid ""
"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode "
"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps "
"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48
msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51
msgid ""
"You should never install new modules in your production database without "
"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, "
"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as "
"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`."
" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-"
"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact "
"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new "
"module in your particular setup."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59
msgid ""
"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the "
"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module "
"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you"
" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, "
"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this "
"page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68
msgid ""
"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization "
"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;"
" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup <setup>` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3
msgid "eBay Connector"
msgstr "conector con eBay"

152
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
# Jorge Luis Alfonso <jlalfonso21@gmail.com>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jorge Luis Alfonso <jlalfonso21@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../sign.rst:5
msgid "Sign"
msgstr "Firmar"
#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Información general"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3
msgid "Validity of electronic signatures"
msgstr "Validez de firmas electrónicas"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5
msgid ""
"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the"
" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should "
"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10
msgid "In the European Union"
msgstr "En la Unión Europea"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12
msgid ""
"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ "
"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states"
" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-"
"eu/countries_en>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16
msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18
msgid "Electronic signatures"
msgstr "Firmas Electrónicas"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19
msgid "Advanced electronic signatures"
msgstr "Firmas Electrónicas Avanzadas"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20
msgid "Qualified electronic signatures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22
msgid ""
"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these "
"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states "
"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and "
"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it"
" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for "
"qualified electronic signatures.”"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27
msgid ""
"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as "
"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31
msgid "In the United States of America"
msgstr "En los Estados Unidos de América"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33
msgid ""
"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) "
"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the "
"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic "
"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-"
"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-"
"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal "
"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois "
"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York "
"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not "
"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42
msgid ""
"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five "
"criteria:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44
msgid ""
"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to "
"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to "
"opt-out of electronically signing a document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47
msgid ""
"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business "
"electronically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48
msgid ""
"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the "
"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as "
"supporting evidence."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50
msgid ""
"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for "
"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52
msgid ""
"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later "
"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer "
"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57
msgid ""
"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is "
"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing "
"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the "
"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney "
"to obtain legal advice."
msgstr ""

15
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
View File

@ -13,9 +13,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -557,3 +557,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132
msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134
msgid ""
"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you "
"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs "
"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_."
msgstr ""

199
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
View File

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr "Versiones con soporte"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
"Odoo."
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo provee soporte y corrección de \"bugs\" **a las últimas 3 versiones "
"mayores** de Odoo."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
@ -51,206 +51,214 @@ msgstr ""
"veces llamadas *versiones SaaS*) que también reciben soporte. Estas "
"versiones no se publican para Odoo.sh o para instalaciones \"On-Premise\"."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
msgstr "¿Cuál es el estatus de soporte para mi versión de Odoo?"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
msgstr "Esta tabla muestra el estatus de soporte para todas las versiones."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
msgstr "**Versiones mayores en negrita.**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Online"
msgstr "Odoo en línea"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr "Odoo.sh"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr "On-Premise"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Release date"
msgstr "Fecha de lanzamiento"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "**Odoo 14.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "|green|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "October 2020"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr "Octubre 2019"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "N/A"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "August 2019"
msgstr "Agosto 2019"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr "Octubre 2019"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "October 2018"
msgstr "Octubre 2018"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "|orange|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "April 2018"
msgstr "Abril 2018"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "|red|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "October 2017"
msgstr "Octubre 2017"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "March 2017"
msgstr "Marzo 2017"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "January 2017"
msgstr "Enero 2017"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "October 2016"
msgstr "Octubre 2016"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "May 2016"
msgstr "Mayo 2016"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "October 2015"
msgstr "Octubre 2015"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "February 2015"
msgstr "Febrero 2015"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "September 2014"
msgstr "Septiembre 2014"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59
msgid "|green| Supported version"
msgstr "|green| Versión con soporte"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61
msgid "|red| End-of-support"
msgstr "|red| Fin de soporte"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
msgstr "N/A Nunca hubo par esta plataforma"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65
msgid ""
"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo "
"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to "
@ -261,27 +269,27 @@ msgstr ""
"apoyamos con asuntos que estén bloqueando su operación y recomendamos que se"
" actualicen a una versión posterior."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
msgstr "🏁 Versión futura, aún no disponibe"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
msgstr "Uso una versión más antigua de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82
msgid ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 y 5.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84
msgid ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 y 1.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86
msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr "Considera `actualizar <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ tu base de datos."
@ -505,9 +513,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
" support and bugfix services."
msgstr ""
"`Adquiere Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ para "
"obtener soporte y servicios de corrección de \"bugs\"."

143
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po
View File

@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -30,141 +30,6 @@ msgstr "Partes de horas"
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Información general"
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3
msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5
msgid ""
"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control "
"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective "
"hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9
msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the "
"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned "
"Hours*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18
msgid ""
"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` "
"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your "
"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27
msgid "HR analysis"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` "
"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Timesheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent "
"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they "
"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to "
"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all "
"in favor of becoming a more proactive company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11
msgid "Choose an encoding unit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the"
" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets"
" to help you encoding."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15
msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18
msgid ""
"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours."
" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in"
" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25
msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28
msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30
msgid ""
"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34
msgid ""
"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to"
" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a"
" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being"
" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37
msgid ""
"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales "
"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was "
"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44
msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose "
"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be "
"approved first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54
msgid "Send reminders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57
msgid ""
"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who "
"have not recorded their times."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66
msgid ""
"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. "
"The data syncs once you are back online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3
msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation"
msgstr ""
@ -219,7 +84,3 @@ msgid ""
"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the "
"project/task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49
msgid ":doc:`compare`"
msgstr ""

18
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

@ -9,7 +9,6 @@
# Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2020
# Carolina Gonzalez <cgo@odoo.com>, 2020
# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020
# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2020
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020
@ -25,15 +24,16 @@
# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2020
# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020
# Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1305,6 +1305,14 @@ msgid ""
"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Por hacer"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569
msgid "fix above link"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571
msgid ""
"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & "
@ -2166,7 +2174,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
msgid ""
"`CLI documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
@ -2216,7 +2224,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
"`--proxy-mode "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
msgstr ""

3747
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

22
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po
View File

@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -760,13 +760,13 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your "
"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have "
"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content"
"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content"
" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR "
"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch "
"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the"
" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files "
" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files "
"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with "
"``13.0-my_contribution``."
"``14.0-my_contribution``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286
@ -778,11 +778,11 @@ msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294
msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:"
msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300
msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:"
msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309
@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of "
"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the "
"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)."
"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5
@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528
msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives"
msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530
@ -1581,12 +1581,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38
msgid ""
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``"
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39
msgid ""
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``"
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41

702
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -5,23 +5,21 @@
#
# Translators:
# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020
# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
# Sébastien BÜHL <buhlsebastien@gmail.com>, 2020
# Michell Portrait <mportrait@happylibre.fr>, 2020
# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2020
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -64,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8
#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
@ -427,7 +425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"être utilisés."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:148
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
@ -628,356 +626,6 @@ msgid ""
" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
msgstr "Synchroniser votre agenda Google avec Odoo"
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
"directions)."
msgstr ""
"Odoo s'intègre parfaitement au Calendrier Google, ainsi vous pouvez gérez "
"vos rendez-vous depuis les deux plateformes (les mises à jour s'effectuant "
"dans les deux sens)."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
msgid "Setup in Google"
msgstr "Configuration dans Google"
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
msgstr ""
"Allez sur la `plateforme des APIs de Google "
"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ pour générer les identifiants de "
"l'API Google Calendar."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
msgstr "Allez à la page des API et Services."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
msgstr "Cherchez *Google Calendar API* et sélectionnez-le."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
msgid "Enable the API."
msgstr "Activez l'API."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
msgid ""
"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez ou créez un projet d'API pour enregistrer les identifiants si "
"vous ne l'avez jamais fait. Donnez-lui un nom explicite (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
msgid "Create credentials."
msgstr "Créez des identifiants."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
msgid ""
"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
"of data."
msgstr ""
"Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel "
"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* comme type de données."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
msgid ""
"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
"'/google_account/authentication'."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez alors créer un Identifiant Client. Entrez le nom de "
"l'application (par ex. Odoo Calendar) et les pages autorisées vers "
"lesquelles vous serez redirigé. L'*Origine du Javascript autorisé* est l'URL"
" de votre instance Odoo. L'*URL de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre"
" instance Odoo suivie de '/google_account/authentication'."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
msgid ""
"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
" in Odoo for the first time."
msgstr ""
"Parcourez l'écran de consentement en entrant le nom du produit (e.g. "
"Calendrier Odoo). Vous pouvez prendre connaissance des options de "
"personnalisation mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. L'écran d'accord "
"n'apparaîtra qu'une fois que vous aurez entré l'identifiant client dans "
"Odoo."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
msgid ""
"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Pour terminer, on vous indique votre **ID Client**. Cliquez sur "
"*Credentials* pour obtenir ensuite le **Client Secret**. Vous aurez besoin "
"de ces deux informations dans Odoo."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo"
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
msgid ""
"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
msgstr ""
"Installez l'application **Calendrier Google** que vous trouverez dans le "
"menu *Applications* ou en cochant la case dans :menuselection:`Paramètres "
"--> Paramètres Généraux`."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
msgstr ""
"Rendez-vous dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres Généraux` et "
"entrez votre **Id. client** et **Client Secret** dans les paramètres du "
"Calendrier Google."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
msgid ""
"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
msgstr ""
"Le paramétrage est maintenant terminé. Ouvrez votre Calendrier Google et "
"synchronisez-le avec Google. La première fois que vous le faites vous êtes "
"redirigé sur une page Google pour autoriser la connexion. De retour dans "
"Odoo, re-cliquez sur le bouton synchroniser. Vous pouvez cliquer sur ce "
"bouton chaque fois que vous voulez synchroniser votre calendrier."
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
msgstr ""
"À partir de maintenant, vous n'avez plus d'excuses pour rater une réunion !"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3
msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
msgstr "Utiliser les services VOIP dans Odoo avec OnSIP"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introduction"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
msgstr ""
"La VoIP Odoo peut être paramétrée pour fonctionner avec OnSIP "
"(www.onsip.com). Dans ce cas, l'installation et le paramétrage d'un serveur "
"Asterisk ne sont pas nécessaires puisque toute l'infrastructure est hébergée"
" et gérée par OnSIP."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10
msgid ""
"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the "
"configuration procedure below."
msgstr ""
"Vous aurez besoin d'ouvrir un compte OnSIP pour utiliser ce service. Avant "
"de vous engager, assurez-vous que votre zone et celle de vos correspondants "
"sont couvertes par ce service. Après l'ouverture du compte OnSIP, suivez la "
"procédure ci-dessous."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15
msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
msgstr "Allez à la page Applications et installez le module **VoIP OnSIP**."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20
msgid ""
"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
msgstr ""
"Allez dans Paramètres/Paramètres Généraux. Dans la partie "
"Intégration/Asterisk (VoIP), renseignez les 3 champs :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22
msgid ""
"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
msgstr ""
"**OnSIP Domain** est le domaine que vous avez choisi quand vous avez créé un"
" compte sur www.onsip.com. Si vous ne le connaissez pas, connectez-vous à "
"https://admin.onsip.com/, vous le trouverez dans le coin supérieur droit de "
"l'écran."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23
msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
msgstr "**WebSocket** devrait contenir wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24
msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
msgstr "**Mode** devrait indiquer Production"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29
msgid ""
"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
msgstr ""
"Allez dans **Configuration/Utilisateurs**. Dans le formulaire représentant "
"chaque utilisateur de la VoIP, dans l'onglet Préférences, remplissez la "
"partie **Configuration PBX** :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31
msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
msgstr "**Login SIP / Extension du navigateur** : le 'Username' OnSIP"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32
msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
msgstr "**Autorisation de l'Utilisateur OnSIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33
msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
msgstr "**Mot de passe SIP** : le 'SIP Password' de OnSIP"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34
msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
msgstr "**Extension de Combiné** : le 'Extension' de OnSIP"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36
msgid ""
"You can find all this information by logging in at "
"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
"and refer to the fields as pictured below."
msgstr ""
"Vous pourrez trouver toutes ces informations en vous connectant sur "
"https://admin.onsip.com/users puis en sélectionnant l’utilisateur que vous "
"voulez configurer et regarder les champs dans l'image ci-dessous."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
" Odoo and in OnSIP)."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez maintenant passer des appels en cliquant sur l'icône de "
"téléphone dans le coin supérieur droit d'Odoo (assurez-vous d'être connecté "
"en tant qu'utilisateur correctement configuré dans Odoo et dans OnSIP)."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45
msgid ""
"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
"to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
msgstr ""
"Si vous voyez un message *Paramètre manquant* dans l'application VoIP "
"d'Odoo, rechargez la page et ré-essayez."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52
msgid ""
"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
"international prefix for the United States)."
msgstr ""
"Si vous voyez un message *Mauvais Numéro* dans l'application VoIP d'Odoo, "
"assurez-vous que vous utilisez le format international, commençant par le "
"signe plus (+) suivi de l'indicatif du pays. E.g. : +16506913277 (+1 étant "
"l'indicatif international pour les États-Unis)."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57
msgid ""
"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez aussi recevoir des appels. Votre numéro est celui qui vous a été"
" fourni par OnSIP. Odoo sonnera et affichera une notification."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63
msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
msgstr "OnSIP sur votre smartphone"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65
msgid ""
"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear "
"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
msgstr ""
"Afin de passer et de recevoir des appels quand vous n'êtes pas devant votre "
"ordinateur, vous pouvez utiliser une application de VoIP sur votre "
"smartphone en parallèle à l'application VoIP Odoo. C'est pratique pour les "
"appels en mobilité mais aussi pour s'assurer de ne pas manquer un appel ou "
"simplement par commodité. N'importe quelle application de VoIP compatible "
"SIP fonctionnera."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67
msgid ""
"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream "
"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_."
" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will "
"then have to configure it as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Sur Android et iOS, OnSIP a été testé avec succès avec l'application "
"`Grandstream Wave "
"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_. "
"Quand vous créez un compte, sélectionnez OnSIP dans la liste des opérateurs."
" Vous devrez ensuite la configurer comme suit :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69
msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
msgstr "Nom du compte : OnSIP"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70
msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
msgstr "**Serveur SIP** : le 'Domain' OnSIP"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71
msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
msgstr "**ID d'utilisateur SIP** : le 'Username' OnSIP"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72
msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
msgstr "**ID d'authentification SIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73
msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
msgstr "**Mot de passe** : le 'SIP Password' OnSIP"
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75
msgid ""
"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can "
"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. "
"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to "
"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone"
" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call "
"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
msgstr ""
"Hormis les appels que vous pouvez passer depuis l'application Granstream "
"Wave sur votre smartphone, vous pouvez aussi passer des appels en cliquant "
"sur un numéro de téléphone dans le navigateur internet de votre PC. Cette "
"action fera sonner Grandstream Wave et transférera l'appel pour votre "
"correspondant sur votre téléphone. Cette approche est utile pour éviter de "
"perdre du temps à composer des numéros de téléphone. Pour cela, vous aurez "
"besoin de l'extension Chrome `OnSIP Call Assistant "
"<https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79
msgid ""
"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
msgstr ""
"L'inconvénient d'utiliser une application de téléphonie sur IP sur votre "
"smartphone est que vos appels ne seront pas journalisés dans Odoo car "
"l'application agit comme un programme indépentant."
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3
msgid "Outlook Extension"
msgstr ""
@ -1048,6 +696,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "À faire"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50
msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52
msgid ""
"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More "
@ -1151,38 +807,69 @@ msgid ""
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:141
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140
msgid ""
"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
" prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit."
"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed "
"and used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:143
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142
msgid ""
"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company"
" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead "
"Generation**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145
msgid ""
"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect "
"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to"
" buy credits to keep using this additional service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155
msgid ""
"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or "
"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead "
"Enrichment*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159
msgid "In-App Purchase"
msgstr "Achats in-App"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162
msgid ""
"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires "
"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
msgid ""
"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:146
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167
msgid ""
"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on "
"the suggested company is the website link and logo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:150
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
msgid ""
"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:153
msgid ":doc:`partner_autocomplete`"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174
msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175
msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
@ -1242,285 +929,6 @@ msgid ""
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
msgstr "Configurer votre serveur VoIP Asterisk pour Odoo"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6
msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
msgstr "Installation d'un serveur Asterisk"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "Dépendances"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11
msgid ""
"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
msgstr ""
"Avant d'installer Asterisk, vous devez installer les dépendances suivantes :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13
msgid "wget"
msgstr "wget"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14
msgid "gcc"
msgstr "gcc"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15
msgid "g++"
msgstr "g++"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16
msgid "ncurses-devel"
msgstr "ncurses-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17
msgid "libxml2-devel"
msgstr "libxml2-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18
msgid "sqlite-devel"
msgstr "sqlite-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19
msgid "libsrtp-devel"
msgstr "libsrtp-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20
msgid "libuuid-devel"
msgstr "libuuid-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21
msgid "openssl-devel"
msgstr "openssl-devel"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22
msgid "pkg-config"
msgstr "pkg-config"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24
msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
msgstr "Pour installer libsrtp, suivez les instructions suivantes :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35
msgid ""
"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here "
"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is "
"extracted:"
msgstr ""
"Vous devez également installer PJSIP, vous pouvez télécharger le code source"
" `ici <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Une fois le répertoire source "
"extrait :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37
msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
msgstr "**Déplacez-vous dans le répertoire des sources de pjproject :**"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43
msgid "**run:**"
msgstr "**Lancez la commande suivante :**"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49
msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
msgstr "**Construisez et installez pjproject :**"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57
msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
msgstr "**Mettez à jour les liens vers les librairies partagées :**"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63
msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
msgstr "**Vérifiez que pjproject est installé :**"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69
msgid "**The result should be:**"
msgstr "**Le résultat doit être :**"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86
msgid "Asterisk"
msgstr "Asterisk"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88
msgid ""
"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly "
"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
msgstr ""
"Pour installer Asterisk 13.7.0, vous pouvez télécharger le code source "
"directement `ici <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90
msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
msgstr "Extraire le code source d'Asterisk :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96
msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire d'Asterisk :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102
msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
msgstr "Lancez le script de configuration d'Asterisk :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108
msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
msgstr "Lancez l'outil menuselect d'Asterisk :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is "
"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the "
"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). "
"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines."
msgstr ""
"Dans menuselect, allez à l'option des ressources et vérifiez que res_srtp "
"est activé. S'il y a 3 x à côté de res_srtp, il y a un problème avec la "
"bibliothèque srtp et vous devez la réinstaller. Enregistrez la configuration"
" (appuyez sur x). Vous devriez également voir les étoiles en face des lignes"
" de res_pjsip."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116
msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
msgstr "Compilez et installez Asterisk :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122
msgid ""
"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the "
"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
"run 'make config'."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez besoin d'exemples de configurations vous pouvez exécuter 'make "
"samples' pour installer les exemples de configurations. Si vous voulez "
"installer le script de démarrage d'Asterisk, exécutez 'make config'."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125
msgid "DTLS Certificates"
msgstr "Certificats DTLS"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127
msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
msgstr "Ensuite vous devez configurer les certificats DTLS."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133
msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire des scripts d'Asterisk :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139
msgid ""
"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
msgstr ""
"Créer les certificats DTLS (remplacez pbx.mycompany.com avec votre adresse "
"IP ou votre nom DNS, remplacer My Super Company avec le nom de votre "
"entreprise):"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146
msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
msgstr "Configurer un serveur Asterisk"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148
msgid ""
"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer "
"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very "
"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start"
" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are "
"uncommented:"
msgstr ""
"Pour le WebRTC, un grand nombre de paramètres obligatoires DOIVENT être dans"
" les paramètres des pairs. Les paramètres globaux ne sont pas très bien "
"hérités par les paramètres des pairs. Par défaut, les fichiers de "
"configuration d'Asterisk sont situés dans /etc/asterisk/. Commencez par "
"éditer http.conf et assurez-vous que les lignes suivantes ne sont pas "
"commentées :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158
msgid ""
"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and "
"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. "
"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to "
"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the "
"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, modifier sip.conf. Le pair WebRTC requiert que le chiffrement, avpf"
" et icesupport soient activés. Dans la plupart des cas, directmedia doit "
"être désactivé. Toujours dans le cadre du client WebRTC, le transport doit "
"être réglé à «ws» pour permettre les connexions websocket. Toutes ces lignes"
" de configuration devrait être dans le pair; définir ces lignes de "
"configuration globalement pourrait ne pas fonctionner :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186
msgid ""
"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the "
"lines:"
msgstr ""
"Dans les fichiers sip.conf et rtp.conf vous devez également ajouter ou "
"décommenter ces lignes :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193
msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
msgstr "Enfin, configurez extensions.conf :"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202
msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
msgstr "Configurer VOIP dans Odoo"
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204
msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
msgstr ""
"Dans Odoo, la configuration doit être effectuée dans les préférences de "
"l'utilisateur."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210
msgid ""
"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in"
" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)."
msgstr ""
"L'extension de connexion/navigateur SIP est le numéro que vous avez "
"configuré précédemment dans le fichier sip.conf (dans notre exemple : 1060)."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212
msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file."
msgstr ""
"Le mot de passe SIP est celui que vous avez choisi dans le fichier sip.conf."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214
msgid ""
"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used "
"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also "
"configured in the sip.conf file."
msgstr ""
"L'extension de votre téléphone au bureau n'est pas un champ obligatoire mais"
" il est utilisé si vous voulez transférer votre appel d'Odoo vers un "
"téléphone externe également configuré dans le fichier sip.conf."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217
msgid ""
"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the "
"\"Integrations\" section."
msgstr ""
"La configuration doit également être effectuée dans les Paramètres généraux "
"sous la section \"Intégrations\"."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222
msgid ""
"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf "
"file."
msgstr ""
"L'adresse IP du serveur PBX doit être la même que celle que vous avez "
"définie dans le fichier http.conf."
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224
msgid ""
"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to"
" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port "
"defined in the http.conf file."
msgstr ""
"Le WebSocket doit être : ws://localhost:XXXX/ws où \"localhost\" doit être "
"le même que l'IP définie précédemment et \"XXXX\" doit être le port défini "
"dans le fichier http.conf."
#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3
msgid "Analyze performance"
msgstr "Analyser la performance"

787
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -6,20 +6,25 @@
# Translators:
# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2020
# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2020
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020
# Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
# Hamid Darabi, 2021
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021
# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2021
# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2021
# romrik_, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
"Last-Translator: romrik_, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -133,7 +138,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Après avoir sélectionné la bonne base de données, consultez notre `page "
"d'assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__. "
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:12
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr "Mettre à jour"
@ -844,6 +849,637 @@ msgstr ""
" tout autre enregistrement en cliquant dessus et en utilisant le bouton "
"Modifier."
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:17
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:22
msgid "The upgrade process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:24
msgid ""
"This documentation is for our *On-Premise* (self-hosted) and *Odoo.sh* "
"customers. If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page"
" for our Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Définition"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:32
msgid ""
"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 13.0 to Odoo "
"14.0)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:34
msgid "An upgrade does not cover:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:36
msgid ""
"changing :ref:`Editions <db-upgrade/faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community "
"to Enterprise edition)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:37
msgid ""
"switching :ref:`hosting type <db-upgrade/faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., "
"On-Premise to Online or Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:39
msgid "migration from another ERP to Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:41 ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:99
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:231
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:361
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:370
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:382
msgid "|assistance-contact|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:46
msgid "Process workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:48
msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:50
msgid "You create a test upgrade request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid "The request is processed by Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ""
"This happens via an automated process that runs the database through an "
"upgrade script and takes between 20 and 120 minutes. Only if an issue(s) "
"arises will we have to intervene manually and adjust the script specifically"
" to your database until the upgrade succeeds."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:55
msgid "Odoo delivers a test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:56
msgid ""
"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`db-upgrade"
"/test-guidance`)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:57
msgid ""
"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team "
"via the :ref:`Help portal <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:59
msgid "We will fix the issues and send you a new test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once you completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on "
"a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data "
"entries and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:63
msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:64
msgid ""
"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and "
"continue working on the newly upgraded database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:70
msgid "Service Level Agreement"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:73
msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:75
msgid ""
"Databases hosted on Odoo’s Cloud platforms (Saas and Odoo.sh) or On-Premise "
"(Self-Hosting) enjoy the following service at all times."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:78
msgid "The upgrade of:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:80
msgid "standard applications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:81
msgid "Studio customization (as long as the Studio app is still active)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:82
msgid ""
"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are "
"covered by a ‘Maintenance of Customisations’ subscription"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:85
msgid ""
"The Upgrade Service is limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of"
" your database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the "
"targeted version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:89
msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:91
msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:92
msgid ""
"Any new developments and/or upgrade of your own :ref:`custom modules <db-"
"upgrade/faq/custom-modules>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:94
msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the new version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:96
msgid ""
"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo"
" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:104
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Démarrer"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:106
msgid "The upgrade process varies depending on where your database is hosted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:111
msgid "Online (SaaS)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:113
msgid ""
"If you are hosted Online, please check our :ref:`instruction page for our "
"Online (SaaS) customers <upgrade_button>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:119
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr "Odoo.sh"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:121
msgid ""
"If you are Odoo.sh hosted, check our :doc:`specific instructions to be able "
"to upgrade <../odoo_sh/advanced/upgrade_your_database>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:127
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr "On-Premise"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:129
msgid "There are two possibilities:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:131
msgid "Via the interface of our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ""
"For technically-advanced users and partners, via the following command line "
"(to be used on the machine where your database is hosted):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ""
"``python <(curl -s beta.upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t "
"14.0``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:137
msgid "What does it do?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:139
msgid ""
"The above command will dump your database to a file, then send it to the "
"upgrade platform for upgrade, displaying you the live logs, then restore the"
" upgraded database back on your server as a duplicate test database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:146
msgid "Steps"
msgstr "Étapes"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:151
msgid "The testing phase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:156
msgid "Test process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:158
msgid ""
"Also referred to as the pre-production phase, the test phase allows you to "
"review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your "
"production database in any way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:161
msgid ""
"We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but you can "
"do it as often as you want (one at a time)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:164
msgid ""
"Once you receive your upgraded test database, you should check that all "
"data, processes and functionality are still correct and working as expected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:167
msgid "If you do find discrepancies, you'll be able to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid ":ref:`Report your issues <db-upgrade/test-assistance>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:0
msgid "and/or"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:171
msgid ""
"Ask for a new :ref:`test request <db-upgrade/test-db-request>` after the "
"reported issues have been fixed in the upgrade script."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:174
msgid "When you do not find any discrepancies, you'll be able to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:176
msgid ""
"Move on to the upgrade of your :ref:`production database <db-upgrade"
"/production-live>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:181
msgid "Request a test database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:183
msgid ""
"When filling the `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, select "
"*Testing* purpose."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:192
msgid "Test guidance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:194
msgid ""
"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and will have "
"to test its specific Odoo instance respectively. However, we recommend you "
"look at `the test scenario "
"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=1Lm4JqbsHBirB1wMi14UChoz_YHLjx5ec>`_ we "
"created, a high-level idea of what you should test and look out for."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "À faire"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:199
msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:204
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:263
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:395
msgid "Assistance"
msgstr "Assistance"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:206
msgid ""
"If you encounter issues or problems in the **test database**, please contact"
" the Odoo Upgrade Support:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:209
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:268
msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:210
msgid ""
"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my "
"upgrade* ticket type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:217
msgid ""
"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be "
"redirected to another team than the upgrade one and will slow down the "
"processing and response time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:220
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:276
msgid ""
"Please provide as much detail as you can. Where applicable, illustrate the "
"current and previous flows with videos and/or screenshots. This will avoid "
"clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:229
msgid ""
"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or "
"configurations in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:236
msgid "The production launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:241
msgid "Production goes live"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:243
msgid ""
"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current "
"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, "
"current orders) to a new version of your choice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:246
msgid ""
"After your :ref:`tests <db-upgrade/steps-test>` are completed to your "
"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our"
" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:255
msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:257
msgid ""
"business interruptions (e.g. no longer having the possibility to validate an"
" action)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:258
msgid ""
"poor customer experiences (e.g. an eCommerce website that does not work "
"correctly)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:265
msgid ""
"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please "
"contact the **Odoo Support**:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:269
msgid ""
"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related "
"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my "
"upgrade*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:273
msgid ""
"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support "
"team instead of the Upgrade team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:285
msgid ""
"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request "
"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down "
"the processing and response time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:291
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:296
msgid "Why upgrade?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:298
msgid ""
"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version <db-"
"upgrade/faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:300
msgid ""
"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <db-upgrade/supported-versions>`,"
" you get a new version with support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:306
msgid "When to upgrade?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:308
msgid ""
"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new "
"version is released on our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:314
msgid "Availability of the new version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:316
msgid ""
"Please kindly note that as soon as we announce the release of a new major "
"version (usually at the end of year), the Upgrade Service team needs to "
"adapt the upgrade scripts to it, which is why the new version is not "
"immediately available for existing databases."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:323
msgid "Finalization of the upgrade (:abbr:`ETA (Estimated Time of Arrival)`)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:325
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade "
"request. Odoo offers so many possibilities (e.g. branding, workflows, "
"customization, etc) that it can get tricky to upgrade, and translate to the "
"new structure. If you use multiple apps managing sensitive data (e.g., "
"Accounting, Inventory, etc.), some cases may still require a human "
"intervention, making the process slower."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:331
msgid ""
"This is especially true during the first months following the release of a "
"new major version, which can significantly lengthen the upgrade delay."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:334
msgid ""
"In general, the ‘smaller’ the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-"
"user database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-"
"company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and "
"Manufacturing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:338
msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:340
msgid "Source & targeted versions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:341
msgid "Installed apps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:342
msgid "Volume of data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:343
msgid ""
"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, "
"website, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:344
msgid ""
"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the "
"test phase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:346
msgid ""
"Usually, the delays experienced during the first request (waiting time "
"between the time you submitted your first request for a test upgrade) can "
"generally give you an idea of the time to wait for the production request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:353
msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:355
msgid ""
"As stated in our :doc:`../legal/terms/enterprise`, section "
":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional "
"fees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:358
msgid ""
"If you have a custom code, you can choose to have it upgraded by our "
"services, by one of our `partners <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`_ or you "
"can do it yourself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:366
msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:368
msgid ""
"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Editions "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:375
msgid "Switching the hosting types (Self-hosted vs Online vs Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:377
msgid ""
"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:379
msgid ""
"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change "
"your hosting type <hosting_changes>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:387
msgid "Release Notes by version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:389
msgid ""
"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to "
"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:400
msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:402
msgid ""
"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to "
"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be"
" very pleased to answer it as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:408
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr "Versions supportées"
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:410
msgid ""
"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three "
"last major versions of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:412
msgid ""
"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on "
"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to "
"benefit from a longer support (before having to upgrade again)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_upgrade.rst:416
msgid ""
"You can get more information about our :doc:`supported versions "
"<../support/supported_versions>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr "Utilisateurs et fonctionnalités"
@ -1087,3 +1723,144 @@ msgstr ""
"pouvez savoir quelles autres applications peuvent être nécessaires, etc... "
"Cela évitera des surprises lors de la désinstallation ou lors de la "
"réception de vos factures d'abonnement."
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:7
msgid "Hosting Changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:9
msgid ""
"You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to "
"another. Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or "
"contact our support team first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:13
msgid "From on-premises to Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:15
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:49
msgid "Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:17
msgid ""
"Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this "
"duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:18
msgid ""
"Grab a \"dump with filestore\" of your database by using the Database "
"Manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:19
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:52
msgid ""
"**If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the "
"transfer.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:20
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:53
msgid ""
"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump "
"(if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link"
" to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want"
" to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:21
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:54
msgid ""
"We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In"
" case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:22
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:55
msgid "It's done!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:25
msgid "From on-premises to Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:27
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:44
msgid ""
"Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation "
"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:28
msgid "...and voilà!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:31
msgid "From Odoo Online to on-premises"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:33
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:41
msgid ""
"Log into `your Odoo Online user portal "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version "
"number of your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:34
msgid ""
"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of"
" Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a"
" new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a "
"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:35
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:43
msgid ""
"Download a backup of your database by clicking on the \"Gear\" icon next to "
"your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due"
" to your backup file being too large, contact `our support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:36
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:61
msgid "Restore it from the database manager on your local server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:39
msgid "From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:42
msgid ""
"If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of"
" Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a "
"new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a "
"major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:47
msgid "From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:51
msgid ""
"Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**: test it in a staging build first, "
"then do it in your production build."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:58
msgid "From Odoo.sh to on-premises"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/hosting_changes.rst:60
msgid ""
"Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database "
"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`."
msgstr ""

4
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"

466
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
View File

@ -4,19 +4,18 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2020
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Moka Tourisme <hello@mokatourisme.fr>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Moka Tourisme <hello@mokatourisme.fr>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -33,449 +32,84 @@ msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "Assistance technique"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage "
"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets "
"speeds up your processes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgstr "Activez cette fonctionnalité"
msgid "Configure the helpdesk team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select"
" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*."
msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Equipe d'assistance "
"technique --> Éditer` et activez :menuselection:`Interventions sur site --> "
"Enregistrez`."
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will "
"be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
msgstr ""
"Suivez le temps exact passé sur une tâche et donnez à vos clients la "
"possibilité de signer leurs rapports d'intervention sur site. Facturez vos "
"clients dès que le travail est terminé, ce qui vous donne ainsi qu'à vos "
"clients la certitude qu'ils seront facturés pour le nombre d'heures exactes "
"et pour le matériel utilisé."
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr "Obtenez le temps exact passé sur une tâche"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur *Démarrer* pour lancer le minuteur. Vous pouvez mettre *Pause* à"
" n'importe quel moment et *Reprendre* lorsque vous voulez continuer."
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur *Arrêter* une fois que le travail est réalisé pour confirmer le "
"temps total passé et ajouter une description."
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr "Signez et envoyez des rapports & validez le stock-picking"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
"Remplissez ensuite votre *Feuille de travail* et ajoutez les produits "
"utilisés en cliquant sur *Produits*."
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
msgstr ""
"Cliquer sur *Démarrer* si vous devez enregistrer un temps supplémentaire "
"pour la même activité. Le temps enregistré sera ajouté sur la feuille de "
"travail qui a déjà été créée et signée. Générez ensuite une nouvelle facture"
" pour le temps ajouté."
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
msgstr ""
"*Marquer comme effectué* pour clôturer la tâche et facturer votre "
"intervention. Cela valide également le stock-picking et permet de maintenir "
"votre stock à jour."
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
msgstr ""
"*Signer rapport* pour générer un rapport de feuille de travail détaillé à "
"signer par le client. Envoyer le rapport par email en cliquant sur *Envoyer "
"rapport*."
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr "Facturez votre temps et votre matériel"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
msgstr ""
"Sous :menuselection:`Tâches --> À facturer`, trouvez la liste de toutes les "
"tâches finalisées qui n'ont pas encore été facturées. Cette fonctionnalité "
"pratique permet aux comptables d'accéder facilement à toutes les tâches "
"finalisées en une fois."
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
msgstr ""
"Facturez toutes les tâches en une fois en les sélectionnant toutes et en "
"allant sur :menuselection:`Action --> Émettre une facture`."
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
msgstr ""
"L'intégration de l'application Inventaire permet de suivre le matériel "
"utilisé et garder votre stock à jour de manière automatique."
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr "Configurez votre projet de Service sur site"
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Service sur site --> Configuration --> Projets` et "
"assurez-vous que l'option *Produits sur les tâches* est activée."
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez ensuite les matériels utilisés lors de l'intervention à la feuille "
"de travail et le stock-picking sera automatiquement validé une fois que la "
"tâche sera *Marquée comme réalisée*, la validation de l'inventaire sera "
"automatiquement mise à jour."
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
"employees schedules and interventions."
msgstr ""
"L'integration via l'application des *Congés* vous permet de voir rapidement "
"la disponibilité de vos employés. Elle permet d'éviter les conflits et "
"erreurs entre les horaires et les interventions des employés."
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr "Gardez facilement un œil sur les congés des employées"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
" in your Gantt view."
msgstr ""
"Aucune configuration n'est nécessaire. Une fois que les horaires des "
"employés ont été validés dans l'application *Congés*, les cellules seront "
"grisées pour les jours concernés dans votre vue Gantt."
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
msgstr ""
"Elle s'adapte également au calendrier de travail de l'employé. Exemple : le "
"salarié travaille à temps partiel (du lundi au mercredi). Ainsi, le jeudi et"
" le vendredi seront également grisés, en plus des week-ends."
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr "Gérez facilement les horaires des employés"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
"existing one."
msgstr ""
"Depuis la vue Gantt (sous *Planifier par utilisateur, projet ou feuille de "
"travail*), cliquez sur le signe plus pour ajouter une nouvelle tâche ou sur "
"la loupe pour planifier une tâche existante."
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr "Tâches non-assignées"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
msgstr ""
"Si vous devez planifier une intervention mais vous ne savez pas encore à qui"
" l'assigner, vous pouvez la laisser sans assignation. Celle-ci restera "
"visible dans la vue Gantt. Pour l'assigner à quelqu'un, glissez-déposez la "
"personne responsable."
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling "
"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public "
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button."
" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr "Ventes"
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
"Le fait d'autoriser la création de devis depuis les tâches permet d'offrir "
"un service plus efficace puisque cela laisse de la place pour des actions "
"préventives, tout en facilitant le flux pour les employés."
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
"D'abord, allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration -->"
" Paramètres` et activez l'option *Devis supplémentaires*."
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
"Puis, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projets` et activez l'option"
" *Devis supplémentaires*."
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez désormais créer des *Nouveaux devis* directement depuis vos "
"tâches."
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless "
"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have "
"to approve before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8
msgid "Configure a product"
msgstr "Configurez un article"
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and "
"create or edit a product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11
msgid ""
"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13
msgid ""
"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing "
"Policy*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15
msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17
msgid "Select your *Project*."
msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Produits --> Créer` ou éditer une tâche "
"existante. Sélectionnez : sous :menuselection:`Information générale --> Type"
" de produit: Service`; sous :menuselection:`Ventes --> Politique de "
"facturation des services : feuille de présence sur tâche --> Suivi du "
"service : Créer une tâche dans un projet existant --> Projet --> Modèle de "
"feuille de travail --> Enregistrer`."
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A "
"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is "
"directly accessible from the sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr "Feuilles de travail"
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
"La personnalisation de vos rapports clients, aussi appelés *feuilles de "
"travail*, vous permet d'avoir des descriptions différents du travail pour "
"chaque type d'intervention. Cela accélère le flux pour vos employés tout en "
"donnant aux clients un résumé détaillé, qui peut être examiné et signé sur "
"place."
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration` et activez "
":menuselection:`Modèle de feuille de travail --> enregistrer`."
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr "Élaborer des feuilles de travail"
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
"Sous :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modèles de feuille de travail`, "
"cliquez sur *Créer* et commencez à *Concevoir un modèle de feuille de "
"travail*. Vous serez redirigé vers l'application *Studio*."
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
"Avec la liberté proposée par *Studio*, faites glisser et déposer des champs "
"pour créer un rapport adapté à vos besoins. Une fois terminé, cliquez sur "
"*Fermer* et obtenez un aperçu du résultat."
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
"Les *Feuilles de travail* sont des outils qui permettent de voir combien de "
"fois la feuille de travail a été utilisée/complétée pour une tâche donnée. "
"L'outil *Analyse* examine toutes les feuilles de travail sous ce modèle et "
"génère un graphique."
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
"`L'essentiel de Studio <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"

1046
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

22
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -5,21 +5,21 @@
#
# Translators:
# David David <f322p3ph@yahoo.fr>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# ShevAbam, 2020
# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2020
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020
# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -114,10 +114,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
msgid ""
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
@ -125,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"`Bons de réduction <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69
#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
msgstr ""
@ -282,6 +278,16 @@ msgid ""
"Course*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "À faire"
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
msgid ""
"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
"AVAILABLE!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Commencer"

8
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
View File

@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -21,6 +21,10 @@ msgstr ""
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../index.rst:7 ../../index.rst:7
msgid "Index"
msgstr ""
#: ../../index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
msgstr "Documentation utilisateur Odoo"

473
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

@ -26,9 +26,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -105,7 +105,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
@ -535,7 +534,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
@ -1493,8 +1491,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`"
msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3
msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)"
@ -5157,6 +5155,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
msgid "How does it work?"
msgstr ""
@ -5440,8 +5439,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274
msgid ""
"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for "
"quotation is created to fulfill the need."
"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for"
" quotation is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276
@ -5641,321 +5640,343 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une stratégie de sortie (FIFO, LIFO et FEFO)?"
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
msgid ""
"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best "
"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration."
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration "
"date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
msgid ""
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products "
"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend "
"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or "
"on the **location**."
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
"the *Location*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
msgid ""
"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`:"
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage "
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'application **Inventaire**, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -->"
" Paramètres` :"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
msgid ""
"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per "
"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on "
"**Apply**."
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the"
" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
"are stored in their respective locations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the "
"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy."
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive "
"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that"
" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. "
"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with "
"the products fitting your settings the best."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40
msgid "Types of removal strategy"
msgstr "Types de stratégie de retrait"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
msgstr "FIFO ( First In First Out )"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42
msgid ""
"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were "
"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they "
"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively "
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure "
"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory."
"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick "
"for delivery."
msgstr ""
"Une stratégie **First In First Out** implique que les produits entrées en "
"premier dans le stock, sortiront en premier. Les entreprises qui vendent des"
" produits périssables doivent utiliser la méthode FIFO. Les entreprises "
"vendant des articles dont le cycle de demande est relativement court, comme "
"des vêtements, peuvent également devoir choisir la méthode FIFO pour "
"s'assurer qu'elles ne sont pas coincées avec des styles périmés en stock."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy."
"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products "
"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number "
"that has entered your stock the first."
msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Stock --> Configuration --> Sites`, ouvrez "
"l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **FIFO**."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy."
msgstr "Prenons un exemple de stratégie de sortie FIFO"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53
msgid ""
"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of "
"``iPod 32 Gb`` available."
"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your "
"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, "
"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, "
"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders "
"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a "
"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in "
"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from "
"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60
msgid ""
"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report."
"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo "
"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest"
" period."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez trouver des détails sur l'inventaire disponible dans le rapport "
"de valorisation de l'inventaire."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
msgstr ""
"Créez un bon de commande de ``25`` unités de ``iPod 32 GB`` et confirmez le."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66
msgid ""
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy."
"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on "
"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for"
" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the "
"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez voir dans le produit de l'envoi sortant que l'article ``Ipod 32 "
"Gb`` est assigné avec les lots **le plus anciens**, en utilisant la "
"stratégie de sortie FIFO."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75
msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70
msgid ""
"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, "
"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a "
"shelf life."
"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. "
"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 "
"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on "
"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on "
"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested "
"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered "
"the stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the "
"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy."
"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a"
" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
msgid ""
"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or "
"obsolete products in your stock."
msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Emplacements`, "
"ouvrez l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **LIFO**."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86
msgid ""
"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on"
" ``WH/Stock`` location."
"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two "
"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date "
"the product entered the stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90
msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
msgid ""
"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are "
"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy."
"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t "
"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). "
"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5"
" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on "
"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and "
"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes "
"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is "
"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for "
"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration "
"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot "
"that expires the sooner after 20002."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100
msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98
msgid ""
"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* "
"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest "
"expiration date from the order date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
msgid ""
"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse"
" according to their expiration date."
msgid "Use Removal Strategies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the "
"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**"
" to save changes."
msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Cochez"
" l'option **Définir la date d'expiration des numéros en série**. Cliquez "
"ensuite sur **Appliquer** pour enregistrer les modifications."
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
msgid ""
"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial "
"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and "
"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory "
"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`."
"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by "
"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and "
"*Lots & Serial Numbers*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113
msgid ""
"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this "
"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet."
"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115
msgid ""
"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this "
"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed."
"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
msgid ""
"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot "
"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy "
"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date."
"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out "
"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with "
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with "
"outdated styles in stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
msgid ""
"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the "
"goods with this serial/lot number."
"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the "
"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our "
"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137
msgid ""
"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to "
"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with "
"removal dates."
"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 "
"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. "
"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from "
"that lot are the first ones to move out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
msgid ""
"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting "
"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates "
"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when "
"lots pass their **alert date**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140
msgid ""
"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are "
"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four"
" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: "
"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and "
"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields,"
" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set "
"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days "
"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to "
"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually "
"after the lot has been created."
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot"
" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
msgid ""
"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot "
"expiration date fields as follows:"
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153
msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date"
msgstr "Délai avant retrait --> Date de retrait"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155
msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date"
msgstr "Durée de vie du produit --> Fin de la date limite"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157
msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159
msgid ""
"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration"
" --> Locations` and choose FEFO."
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of "
"products without a shelf life."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
msgid ""
"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in "
"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different "
"expiration date."
"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So,"
" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product "
"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162
msgid ""
"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved "
"products are from lots 000003 and 000002."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
msgstr "**Lot / Numéro de série**"
msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Product**"
msgstr "**Produit**"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173
msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
msgstr "**Date d'expiration**"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
msgid "LOT0001"
msgstr "LOT0001"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "Ice Cream"
msgstr "Crème glacée"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
msgid "08/20/2015"
msgstr "20/08/2015"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
msgid "LOT0002"
msgstr "LOT0002"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174
msgid "08/10/2015"
msgstr "10/08/2015"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "LOT0003"
msgstr "LOT0003"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176
msgid "08/15/2015"
msgstr "15/08/2015"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175
msgid ""
"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the "
"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to "
"their expiration date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
msgid ""
"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it."
"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at "
":doc:`the related doc "
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
msgid ""
"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on "
"removal strategy **FEFO**."
"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different "
"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial "
"Numbers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190
msgid ""
"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on"
" the removal dates."
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192
msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194
msgid ""
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
" picked for delivery orders!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197
msgid ""
"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force "
"Removal Strategy*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
msgid ""
"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots"
" of them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
msgstr "**Lot / Numéro de série**"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Product**"
msgstr "**Produit**"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
msgstr "**Date d'expiration**"
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
msgid "0000001"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "Hand Cream"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
msgid "09/30/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
msgid "0000002"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
msgid "11/30/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "0000003"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
msgid "10/31/2019"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216
msgid ""
"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot "
"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the"
" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3
msgid "Shipping"

8
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po
View File

@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -1285,6 +1285,10 @@ msgid ""
"the right of its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:7
msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"

8
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po
View File

@ -12,9 +12,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -316,10 +316,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr ""

2
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"

565
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

@ -5,18 +5,15 @@
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -28,409 +25,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Project"
msgstr "Projet"
#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avancé"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Project Settings"
msgstr "Paramètres avancés du projet"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5
msgid ""
"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be "
"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be "
"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked."
" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10
msgid "Create advanced projects"
msgstr "Créer des projets avancés"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`."
msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Projet --> Configuration --> Projets --> Créer`."
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13
msgid ""
"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If "
"not, simply leave the field blank."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez un *client* afin de créer un projet spécifique pour lui. Si ce "
"n'est pas le cas, laissez simplement le champ vide."
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20
msgid "Choose who can access a project"
msgstr "Choisissez qui peut accéder à un projet"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can "
"have access to the project:"
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un projet pour des équipes spécifiques, sous *Visibilité*, "
"choisissez qui peut avoir accès au projet :"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25
msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26
msgid "*All employees*."
msgstr "*Tous les employés*."
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27
msgid ""
"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients "
"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)."
msgstr ""
"*Portail utilisateurs et tous les employés* : il active l'option *Partager*."
" Les destinataires reçoivent un e-mail avec une invitation à accéder au "
"document (projet)."
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30
msgid ""
"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a"
" specific account."
msgstr ""
"Choisissez un *compte analytique* pour suivre la rentabilité de votre projet"
" dans un compte spécifique."
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33
msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks"
msgstr "Feuille de temps et enregistrement du temps consacré aux tâches"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35
msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*."
msgstr ""
"Pour suivre le temps passé sur les tâches, activez les *Feuilles de temps*."
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36
msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43
msgid "Create sales orders from a task"
msgstr "Créer des commandes à partir d'une tâche"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45
msgid ""
"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from"
" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or "
"create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
"Pour facturer le temps (service) et le matériel utilisés pour une tâche, "
"activez *Facturation à partir des tâches*. Ensuite, choisissez le "
"service/article que vous souhaitez facturer, ou créez-en un à la volée."
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54
msgid "Track the material used on a task"
msgstr "Suivre le matériel utilisé dans le cadre d'une tâche"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56
msgid ""
"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the "
"products/material used during the work on a specific task."
msgstr ""
"Après avoir activé *Facturation à partir de Tâches*, activez *Article sur "
"Tâches* pour suivre les produits/matériaux utilisés pendant le travail sur "
"une tâche spécifique."
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64
msgid "Take advantage of worksheets"
msgstr "Profitez des fiches de travail"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66
msgid ""
"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in "
"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one "
"on the fly."
msgstr ""
"Les fiches de travail sont des rapports sur le travail effectué. Pour les "
"personnaliser et les inclure dans vos tâches, activez *Fiches de travail*. "
"Choisissez un modèle existant ou créez-en un à la volée."
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74
msgid "Schedule shifts on projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76
msgid ""
"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized,"
" enable *Planning*."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer des équipes afin de gérer vos tâches, d'affecter les employés et "
"de rester organisé, activez la fonction *Planification*."
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88
msgid "Manage employees work hours"
msgstr "Gérer les heures de travail des employés"
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90
msgid ""
"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It "
"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external "
"link to adjust the daily hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99
msgid "Share stages across projects"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102
msgid ""
"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to "
"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105
msgid ""
":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` "
"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the"
" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share "
"stages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5
msgid ""
"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your"
" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your "
"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that "
"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to "
"other consumers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11
msgid "Set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Use Rating on Project*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at"
" a specific stage(s)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20
msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27
msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and "
"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set "
"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32
msgid ""
"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in"
" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40
msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47
msgid "Get reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see "
"ratings by task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55
msgid ""
"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the "
"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3
msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5
msgid ""
"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, "
"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you "
"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and "
"can course-correct if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10
msgid "Track costs and revenue"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13
msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the "
"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* "
"becomes available in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22
msgid ""
"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable "
"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours "
"recorded, and even a timesheet table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30
msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34
msgid ""
"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. "
"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to "
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an "
"*Analytic Account* under the needed project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36
msgid ""
"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is"
" directly available in the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr "Analyse"
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46
msgid ""
"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. "
"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56
msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3
msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a "
"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs "
"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, "
"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time "
"spent on that service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11
msgid "Product set up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product "
"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product "
"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing "
"Policy* and *Service Tracking*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16
msgid "If you choose to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19
msgid ""
"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first "
"column of the selected project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21
msgid ""
"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales "
"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23
msgid ""
"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each "
"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template "
"chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30
msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32
msgid ""
"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a"
" project or task is automatically created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40
msgid "Access the task generated from Project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the"
" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51
msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53
msgid ""
"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the "
"*Timesheets* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59
msgid ""
"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66
msgid ""
"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`"
#: ../../project/planning.rst:3
msgid "Planning"
msgstr "Planification"
@ -492,161 +86,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3
msgid "Record Time and Invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5
msgid ""
"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can"
" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you "
"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the "
"project/task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10
msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Timesheets*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15
msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the "
"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from "
"Tasks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20
msgid ""
"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on"
" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26
msgid ""
"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at "
"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30
msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the "
"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose "
"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38
msgid ""
"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: "
"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: "
"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45
msgid ""
"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific "
"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a "
"system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47
msgid ""
"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into "
"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior"
" and senior consultants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50
msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59
msgid ""
"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each "
"employee before the customer gets invoiced."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63
msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64
msgid ":doc:`./time_record`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3
msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5
msgid ""
"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your "
"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your "
"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate "
"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your "
"customers the exact right amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11
msgid "Manually timesheet on task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and "
"specify the *Duration*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22
msgid "Time tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable "
"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27
msgid ""
"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and "
"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3
msgid "Tasks"
msgstr "Tâches"

1716
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

117
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -359,13 +359,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74
msgid ":doc:`setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75
msgid ":doc:`manage`"
msgstr ""
@ -526,7 +524,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73
msgid ":doc:`features`"
msgstr ""
@ -787,118 +784,6 @@ msgid ""
"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3
msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5
msgid ""
"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new "
"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8
msgid ""
"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector "
"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a "
"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of "
"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to "
"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and "
"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14
msgid ""
"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new "
"authentication flow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17
msgid ""
"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was "
"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if "
"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing "
"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module "
"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your "
"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup"
" <setup>` step of the Amazon Connector."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25
msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27
msgid ""
"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo "
"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source "
"code is up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-"
"date and you can proceed to the next step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must"
" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/update.html>`_ or by "
"contacting your integrating partner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39
msgid "Update the list of available modules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41
msgid ""
"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in "
"the **Apps** menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44
msgid ""
"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode "
"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps "
"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48
msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51
msgid ""
"You should never install new modules in your production database without "
"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, "
"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as "
"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`."
" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-"
"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact "
"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new "
"module in your particular setup."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59
msgid ""
"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the "
"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module "
"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you"
" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, "
"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this "
"page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68
msgid ""
"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization "
"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;"
" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup <setup>` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3
msgid "eBay Connector"
msgstr "Connecteur eBay"

152
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sign.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2021
# Nathan Grognet <ngr@odoo.com>, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-02-04 10:31+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Nathan Grognet <ngr@odoo.com>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../sign.rst:5
msgid "Sign"
msgstr "Signature"
#: ../../sign/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3
msgid "Validity of electronic signatures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5
msgid ""
"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the"
" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should "
"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10
msgid "In the European Union"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12
msgid ""
"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ "
"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states"
" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-"
"eu/countries_en>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16
msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18
msgid "Electronic signatures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19
msgid "Advanced electronic signatures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20
msgid "Qualified electronic signatures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22
msgid ""
"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these "
"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states "
"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and "
"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it"
" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for "
"qualified electronic signatures.”"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27
msgid ""
"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as "
"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31
msgid "In the United States of America"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33
msgid ""
"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) "
"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the "
"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic "
"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-"
"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-"
"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal "
"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois "
"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York "
"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not "
"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42
msgid ""
"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five "
"criteria:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44
msgid ""
"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to "
"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to "
"opt-out of electronically signing a document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47
msgid ""
"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business "
"electronically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48
msgid ""
"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the "
"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as "
"supporting evidence."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50
msgid ""
"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for "
"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52
msgid ""
"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later "
"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer "
"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57
msgid ""
"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is "
"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing "
"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the "
"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney "
"to obtain legal advice."
msgstr ""

15
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
View File

@ -14,9 +14,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -592,3 +592,14 @@ msgstr "**Comment le règlement RGPD affect-il ce service?**"
msgid ""
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132
msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134
msgid ""
"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you "
"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs "
"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_."
msgstr ""

201
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
View File

@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Anthony Chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Assistance"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:7
msgid "Supported versions"
msgstr "Versions supportées"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of "
"Odoo."
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo assure le support et la résolution de bugs **pour les 3 dernières "
"versions majeures** d'Odoo."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:12
msgid ""
"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes "
"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not "
@ -57,206 +57,214 @@ msgstr ""
"en charge. Ces versions ne sont pas publiées pour les installations Odoo.sh "
"ou On-Premise."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:18
msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?"
msgstr "Ma version d'Odoo est-elle supportée ?"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:20
msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version."
msgstr "Cette matrice montre le statut de support de chaque version."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:22
msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**"
msgstr "**Les versions majeures sont indiquées en gras.**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Online"
msgstr "Odoo Online"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Odoo.sh"
msgstr "Odoo.sh"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "On-Premise"
msgstr "On-Premise"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:25
msgid "Release date"
msgstr "Date de publication"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "**Odoo 14.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "|green|"
msgstr "|green|"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:27
msgid "October 2020"
msgstr "Octobre 2020"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr "Octobre 2019"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "N/D"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "August 2019"
msgstr "Août 2019"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "**Odoo 13.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "October 2019"
msgstr "Octobre 2019"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3"
msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "**Odoo 12.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "October 2018"
msgstr "Octobre 2018"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3"
msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "|orange|"
msgstr "|orange|"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:37
msgid "April 2018"
msgstr "Avril 2018"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "**Odoo 11.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "|red|"
msgstr "|red|"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:39
msgid "October 2017"
msgstr "Octobre 2017"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15"
msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:41
msgid "March 2017"
msgstr "Mars 2017"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14"
msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:43
msgid "January 2017"
msgstr "Janvier 2017"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "**Odoo 10.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:45
msgid "October 2016"
msgstr "Octobre 2016"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11"
msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:47
msgid "May 2016"
msgstr "Mai 2016"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "**Odoo 9.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:49
msgid "October 2015"
msgstr "Octobre 2015"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6"
msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:51
msgid "February 2015"
msgstr "Février 2015"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "**Odoo 8.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:53
msgid "September 2014"
msgstr "Septembre 2014"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:59
msgid "|green| Supported version"
msgstr "|green| Version supportée"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:61
msgid "|red| End-of-support"
msgstr "|red| Fin du support"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:63
msgid "N/A Never released for this platform"
msgstr "N/D Jamais publié pour cette plateforme"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:65
msgid ""
"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo "
"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to "
@ -267,29 +275,29 @@ msgstr ""
" uniquement pour les problèmes bloquants et vous conseillons de migrer vers "
"une version plus récente."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:67
msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet"
msgstr "🏁 Prochaine version, pas encore publiée"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:80
msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
msgstr "J'utilise une ancienne version d'Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP"
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:82
msgid ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 et 5.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la "
"plateforme."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:84
msgid ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform."
msgstr ""
"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 et 1.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la "
"plateforme."
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83
#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:86
msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
@ -519,9 +527,6 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
" support and bugfix services."
msgstr ""
"`Par Odoo Entreprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ pour "
"bénéficier des services support et bugfix."

143
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po
View File

@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -30,141 +30,6 @@ msgstr "Feuilles de temps"
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3
msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5
msgid ""
"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control "
"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective "
"hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9
msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the "
"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned "
"Hours*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18
msgid ""
"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` "
"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your "
"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27
msgid "HR analysis"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` "
"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Timesheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent "
"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they "
"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to "
"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all "
"in favor of becoming a more proactive company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11
msgid "Choose an encoding unit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the"
" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets"
" to help you encoding."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15
msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18
msgid ""
"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours."
" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in"
" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25
msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28
msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30
msgid ""
"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34
msgid ""
"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to"
" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a"
" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being"
" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37
msgid ""
"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales "
"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was "
"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44
msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose "
"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be "
"approved first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54
msgid "Send reminders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57
msgid ""
"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who "
"have not recorded their times."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable "
"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66
msgid ""
"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. "
"The data syncs once you are back online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3
msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation"
msgstr ""
@ -219,7 +84,3 @@ msgid ""
"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the "
"project/task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49
msgid ":doc:`compare`"
msgstr ""

18
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

@ -8,7 +8,6 @@
# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020
# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020
# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2020
# Florian Hatat, 2020
# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2020
@ -22,15 +21,16 @@
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Miora RAKOTOVAO <miur.mbolaniaina@gmail.com>, 2020
# Florian Laboureix <fll@odoo.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Florian Laboureix <fll@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1477,6 +1477,14 @@ msgstr ""
"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "À faire"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:569
msgid "fix above link"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571
msgid ""
"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & "
@ -2534,7 +2542,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
msgid ""
"`CLI documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
@ -2584,7 +2592,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
"`--proxy-mode "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
msgstr ""

3665
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
View File

@ -9,9 +9,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Nils van Odoo <nvo@odoo.com>, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"

22
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po
View File

@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -749,13 +749,13 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your "
"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have "
"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content"
"several people working on the version 14.0 in parallel (conflicts of content"
" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR "
"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch "
"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the"
" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files "
" branch 14.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files "
"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with "
"``13.0-my_contribution``."
"``14.0-my_contribution``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286
@ -767,11 +767,11 @@ msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294
msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:"
msgid "Switch to the version 14.0:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300
msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:"
msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 14.0:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309
@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of "
"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the "
"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)."
"version that your changes target (here **14.0**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5
@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528
msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives"
msgid "Spice up your writing with specialized directives"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530
@ -1570,12 +1570,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38
msgid ""
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``"
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39
msgid ""
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``"
"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/14.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41

561
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -5,15 +5,16 @@
#
# Translators:
# Nils van Odoo <nvo@odoo.com>, 2021
# Martin Trigaux, 2021
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Nils van Odoo <nvo@odoo.com>, 2021\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8
#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
@ -322,7 +323,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:148
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
@ -502,267 +503,6 @@ msgid ""
" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3
msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & "
"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both "
"directions)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10
msgid "Setup in Google"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to "
"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
msgid "Enable the API."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
msgid ""
"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
msgid "Create credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
msgid ""
"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
"of data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
msgid ""
"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
"'/google_account/authentication'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
msgid ""
"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
" in Odoo for the first time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
msgid ""
"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
msgid ""
"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
msgid ""
"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3
msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10
msgid ""
"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the "
"configuration procedure below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15
msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20
msgid ""
"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22
msgid ""
"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23
msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24
msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29
msgid ""
"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31
msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32
msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33
msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34
msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36
msgid ""
"You can find all this information by logging in at "
"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
"and refer to the fields as pictured below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
" Odoo and in OnSIP)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45
msgid ""
"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
"to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52
msgid ""
"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
"international prefix for the United States)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57
msgid ""
"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63
msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65
msgid ""
"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear "
"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67
msgid ""
"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream "
"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_."
" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will "
"then have to configure it as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69
msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70
msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71
msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72
msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73
msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75
msgid ""
"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can "
"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. "
"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to "
"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone"
" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call "
"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-"
"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79
msgid ""
"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3
msgid "Outlook Extension"
msgstr ""
@ -833,6 +573,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50
msgid "Todo"
msgstr "Te doen"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50
msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52
msgid ""
"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More "
@ -936,38 +684,69 @@ msgid ""
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:141
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140
msgid ""
"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
" prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit."
"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed "
"and used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:143
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142
msgid ""
"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company"
" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead "
"Generation**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145
msgid ""
"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect "
"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to"
" buy credits to keep using this additional service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155
msgid ""
"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or "
"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead "
"Enrichment*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159
msgid "In-App Purchase"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162
msgid ""
"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires "
"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
msgid ""
"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:146
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167
msgid ""
"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on "
"the suggested company is the website link and logo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:150
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
msgid ""
"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:153
msgid ":doc:`partner_autocomplete`"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174
msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`"
#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175
msgid "`Odoo Learn: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
@ -1027,238 +806,6 @@ msgid ""
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6
msgid "Installing Asterisk server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11
msgid ""
"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13
msgid "wget"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14
msgid "gcc"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15
msgid "g++"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16
msgid "ncurses-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17
msgid "libxml2-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18
msgid "sqlite-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19
msgid "libsrtp-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20
msgid "libuuid-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21
msgid "openssl-devel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22
msgid "pkg-config"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24
msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35
msgid ""
"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here "
"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is "
"extracted:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37
msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43
msgid "**run:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49
msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57
msgid "**Update shared library links:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63
msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69
msgid "**The result should be:**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86
msgid "Asterisk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88
msgid ""
"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly "
"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-"
"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90
msgid "Extract Asterisk:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96
msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102
msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108
msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is "
"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the "
"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). "
"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116
msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122
msgid ""
"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the "
"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can "
"run 'make config'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125
msgid "DTLS Certificates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127
msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133
msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139
msgid ""
"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address"
" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146
msgid "Configure Asterisk server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148
msgid ""
"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer "
"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very "
"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start"
" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are "
"uncommented:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158
msgid ""
"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and "
"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. "
"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to "
"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the "
"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186
msgid ""
"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the "
"lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193
msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202
msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204
msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210
msgid ""
"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in"
" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212
msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214
msgid ""
"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used "
"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also "
"configured in the sip.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217
msgid ""
"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the "
"\"Integrations\" section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222
msgid ""
"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf "
"file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224
msgid ""
"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to"
" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port "
"defined in the http.conf file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3
msgid "Analyze performance"
msgstr ""

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More